10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________________________________   

FORM 10-Q

__________________________________________________   

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission File Number: 001-36347

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________________________________

Delaware (State of Incorporation) 11-2464169 (IRS Employer I.D. No.)

2121 Rosecrans Ave. Suite 6300
El Segundo, CA 90245

(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

(310) 587-1477

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

__________________________________________________            

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of each class Common Stock, $0.01 par value Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered under Section 12 (g) of the Exchange Act: None

__________________________________________    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.	Yes. þ   No. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).	Yes. þ   No. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ¨	Accelerated filer ¨	Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company þ	Emerging growth company ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.	¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).	Yes. ¨   No. þ
As of May 7, 2018, the registrant had 7,031,450 shares of common stock outstanding, par value $0.01 per share.

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
PART I
	Item 1.	Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	3
	Item 2.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	48
	Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	74
	Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	74
PART II
	Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	75
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	75
	Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	84
	Item 3.	Defaults upon Senior Securities	84
	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	84
	Item 5.	Other Information	84
	Item 6.	Exhibits	85
Signatures			86

2

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
	Page
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017	4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three and Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017	5
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018	6
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017	7
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	9
Note 1. Description of Business	9
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	11
Note 3. Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value	20
Note 4. Receivables	24
Note 5. Secured Loans Receivable	24
Note 6. Inventories	26
Note 7. Plant, Property and Equipment	28
Note 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets	28
Note 9. Long-Term Investments	29
Note 10. Accounts Payable	30
Note 11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions	30
Note 12. Income Taxes	33
Note 13. Related Party Transactions	35
Note 14. Financing Agreements	37
Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies	40
Note 16. Stockholders' Equity	40
Note 17. Customer and Supplier Concentrations	43
Note 18. Segments and Geographic Information	43
Note 19. Subsequent Events	46

3

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(amounts in thousands, except for share data) (unaudited)

	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	4,941	$	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260		39,295
Derivative assets	7,635		17,587
Secured loans receivable	109,493		91,238
Inventories:
Inventories	402,047		149,316
Restricted inventories	97,370		135,343
	499,417		284,659
Income taxes receivable	1,521		—
Prepaid expenses and other assets	3,509		1,183
Total current assets	667,776		447,021
Plant, property and equipment, net	7,863		6,607
Goodwill	10,331		8,881
Intangibles, net	8,405		4,065
Long-term investments	8,245		7,967
Deferred tax assets - non-current	4,198		3,959
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Lines of credit	$	210,000	$	180,000
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295		5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370		135,343
Accounts payable	51,833		41,947
Derivative liabilities	18,171		34,582
Note payable (related party)	—		500
Accrued liabilities	6,042		4,945
Income taxes payable	—		1,418
Total current liabilities	626,711		404,360
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993		—
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	1,049		1,117
Total liabilities	634,753		405,477
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: none as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017	—		—
Common stock, par value $0.01; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,031,450 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017	71		71
Additional paid-in capital	24,546		23,526
Retained earnings	43,947		45,994
Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. stockholders’ equity	68,564		69,591
Non-controlling interest	3,501		3,432
Total stockholders’ equity	72,065		73,023
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity	$	706,818	$	478,500

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

4

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except for share and per share data)

(unaudited)

		Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Revenues		$	1,994,963		$	1,730,845		$	5,839,491		$	5,662,859
Cost of sales		1,987,536			1,723,513			5,815,842			5,637,604
Gross profit		7,427			7,332			23,649			25,255
Selling, general and administrative expenses		(9,423		)	(5,989		)	(25,748		)	(17,784		)
Interest income		4,087			3,283			10,516			9,101
Interest expense		(3,642		)	(2,700		)	(9,734		)	(7,388		)
Other income		99			191			811			270
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign exchange		(32		)	21			6			12
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes		(1,484		)	2,138			(500		)	9,466
Provision for income taxes		807			(833		)	209			(3,482		)
Net (loss) income		(677		)	1,305			(291		)	5,984
Add:	Net (loss) gain attributable to non-controlling interest	(44		)	139			69			118
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company		$	(633	)	$	1,166		$	(360	)	$	5,866
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
Basic		$	(0.09	)	$	0.17		$	(0.05	)	$	0.83
Diluted		$	(0.09	)	$	0.16		$	(0.05	)	$	0.82
Dividends per share		$	0.08		$	0.08		$	0.24		$	0.22
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		7,031,400			7,023,300			7,031,400			7,028,700
Diluted		7,031,400			7,129,500			7,031,400			7,121,500

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

5

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

(unaudited)

	Common Stock (Shares)	Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital		Retained Earnings			Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Stockholders' Equity			Non-Controlling Interest		Total Stockholders’ Equity
Balance, June 30, 2017	7,031,450	$	71	$	23,526	$	45,994		$	69,591		$	3,432	$	73,023
Net (loss) income	—	—		—		(360		)	(360		)	69		(291		)
Share-based compensation	—	—		1,020		—			1,020			—		1,020
Dividends declared	—	—		—		(1,687		)	(1,687		)	—		(1,687		)
Balance, March 31, 2018	7,031,450	$	71	$	24,546	$	43,947		$	68,564		$	3,501	$	72,065

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

6

Table of ContentsA-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(amounts in thousands)

(unaudited)

Nine Months Ended	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(291	)	$	5,984
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	1,994			1,120
Amortization of loan cost	1,055			583
Deferred income taxes	(239		)	(5,659		)
Interest added to principal of secured loans	(41		)	(50		)
Change in accrued earn-out (non-cash)	(529		)	(198		)
Share-based compensation	1,020			675
Earnings from equity method investment	(278		)	(73		)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables	(919		)	439
Secured loans	313			(18,163		)
Secured loans to Former Parent	(9,352		)	(6,595		)
Derivative assets	10,777			29,094
Income tax receivable	(1,521		)	6,071
Inventories	(202,217		)	(100,474		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,330		)	(428		)
Accounts payable	7,590			(2,618		)
Derivative liabilities	(16,411		)	(20,609		)
Liabilities on borrowed metals	228,720			2,085
Accrued liabilities	(1,597		)	(2,266		)
Receivable from/payables to Former Parent	—			203
Income taxes payable	(1,418		)	6,038
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	14,326			(104,841		)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures for property and equipment	(821		)	(1,932		)
Secured loans, net	(9,175		)	2,636
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash	(9,548		)	(3,421		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(19,544		)	(2,717		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Product financing arrangements, net	(37,973		)	97,092
Dividends	(1,686		)	(1,546		)
Borrowings under lines of credit, net	30,000			1,000
Proceeds from issuance of debt obligation payable to related party	7,500			—
Repayments on notes payable to related party	(500		)	—
Stock award grant	—			172
Debt funding fees	(241		)	—
Excess tax benefit of share-based award	—			138
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(2,900		)	96,856
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash	(8,118		)	(10,702		)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period	13,059			17,142
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period	$	4,941		$	6,440

7

Table of ContentsA-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(amounts in thousands)

(unaudited)

Nine Months Ended	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
( - Continued from preceding page - )
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest expense	$	7,773	$	6,333
Income taxes	$	2,944	$	2,953
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Interest added to principal of secured loans	$	41	$	50
Debt funding fee	$	534	$	—
Contribution of assets from minority interest	$	—	$	3,454
Payable to minority interest partner for acquired business	$	—	$	500
Earn out obligation payable to minority interest partner	$	—	$	1,523

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

8

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries ("A-Mark" or the "Company"). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Business Segments

The Company conducts its operations in two reportable segments: (1) Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services, and (2) Direct Sales. Each of these reportable segments represents an aggregation of operating segments that meets the aggregation criteria set forth in the Segment Reporting Topic 280 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) (See Note 18).

Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

The Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment operates as a full-service precious metals trading company. Its products include gold, silver, platinum and palladium for storage and delivery primarily in the form of coins, bars, wafers and grain. The Company's trading-related services include financing, consignment, logistics, hedging and various customized financial programs.

Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Collateral Finance Corporation (“CFC”), a licensed California Finance Lender, the Company offers loans on precious metals, rare coins and other collectibles to coin dealers, collectors and investors. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, A-Mark Trading AG (“AMTAG”), the Company promotes A-Mark bullion products throughout the European continent. Transcontinental Depository Services (“TDS”), also a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, offers worldwide storage solutions to institutions, dealers and consumers.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, A-M Global Logistics, LLC ("Logistics"), operates the Company's logistics fulfillment center based in Las Vegas, Nevada. Logistics provides customers an array of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing, and inventorying of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.

In August 2016, the Company formed AM&ST Associates, LLC ("AMST"), a joint venture with SilverTowne, L.P., referred to as SilverTowne, an Indiana-based producer of minted silver. The Company and SilverTowne, L.P. own 55% and 45%, respectively, of AMST. AMST acquired the entire minting operations (referred to as SilverTowne Mint) of SilverTowne, L.P., with the goal of providing greater product selection to our customers and greater pricing stability within the supply chain, as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments.

Direct Sales (Recent Acquisition)

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Goldline, Inc. ("Goldline"), is a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community. Goldline markets its precious metal products primarily on radio, the internet and television. Goldline sells gold and silver bullion in the form of coins, and bars, as well as numismatic coins.

The Company entered into the Direct Sales segment through its acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goldline, LLC ("Goldline, LLC" or the "Seller"), pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated August 14, 2017, between Goldline (then known as Goldline Acquisition Corp.) and the Seller. The transaction closed on August 28, 2017 (the "Closing Date"). On the Closing Date, the estimatedpurchase price for the net assets was approximately $10.0 million (the “Initial Provisional Purchase Price”), which was based on the Seller’s preliminary balance sheet dated as of July 31, 2017. The net assets acquired consisted of both intangible assets, which the parties agreed had an aggregate fair value of $6.4 million, and specified net tangible assets of the Seller, which the parties initially agreed had an estimated aggregate fair value of $3.6 million, subject to post-closing adjustment as described below. In connection with the closing, Goldline paid to the Seller an amount equal to the Initial Provisional Purchase Price less $1.5 million (the "Holdback Amount"), which amount was held back and deposited into escrow to serve as security for the Seller’s indemnification obligations under the Purchase Agreement. As of March 31, 2018, none of the Holdback Amount had been released.

Based on the post-Closing Date net tangible asset value adjustment procedures conducted to date pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company has adjusted the estimated total purchase price for the net assets from $10.0 million to $9.5 million (the “Revised Provisional Purchase Price”). The fair value of the acquired net tangible assets as of the Closing Date is still being reviewed by the Company and the Seller and therefore the total purchase price is subject to further adjustment. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, any amounts due back to the Company from the Seller as a result of the final determination of the fair value of the acquired net tangible assets is to be paid within three business days following such determination.

9

The difference between the Initial Provisional Purchase Price and the Revised Provisional Purchase Price of $0.5 million ($10.0 million less $9.5 million) has been recorded in receivables in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018.

Acquisition costs of $0.8 million were expensed as incurred as selling, general and administrative expenses, of which $0.6 million was recorded by the Company during the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

Purchase Price Allocation

The Revised Provisional Purchase Price of $9.5 million has been allocated to the acquired net assets purchased based on their fair values as follows (shown in thousands, and liability balances shown as negative amounts):

Working capital net assets:
Receivables, net	$	1,046
Derivative assets	825
Inventory	12,541
Prepaid expenses and other assets	856
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(2,616		)
Liability on borrowed metals	(8,949		)
Deferred income	(2,374		)
Subtotal				$	1,329
Property and equipment				1,769
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Trade names	$	2,200
Existing customer relationships	1,300
Customer lead list	1,100
Other	400
Subtotal				5,000
Goodwill:
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired				1,450
				$	9,548

The purchase price allocation is subject to completion of the Company's analysis of the fair value of the assets acquired. The final valuation is expected to be completed as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the closing date of the transaction. The estimates of the fair value of the contingent consideration, and the allocation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets requires extensive use of accounting estimates and management judgment. These estimates could be material. The fair values assigned to the assets acquired are based on estimates and assumption from data currently available.

Pro-Forma Information

The following unaudited pro-forma information for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 assumes the acquisition of the net assets of Goldline, LLC occurred on July 1, 2016, that is, the first day of fiscal year 2017:

in thousands, except for EPS	(Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Pro-forma revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,747,526	$	5,840,648		$	5,746,474
Pro-forma net (loss) income	$	(633	)	$	276	$	(307	)	$	6,152
Pro-forma basic (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.88
Pro-forma dilutive (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.86

The above pro-forma supplemental information does not purport to be indicative of what the Company's operations would have been had these transactions occurred on July 1, 2016 and should not be considered indicative of future operating results. The Company believes the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for reflecting the significant pro-forma effects directly attributable to the acquisition of Goldline. The unaudited pro-forma information accounts for amortization of acquired intangible assets (based on the preliminary purchase price allocation and an estimate of their useful lives), incremental financing costs resulting from the acquisition, elimination of prior sales and purchases between the entities, elimination of acquisition costs and an application

10

of the Company's tax rate. For each of the presented periods shown above, the Company used the tax rate of 37.5% as an approximation of our historical statutory tax rate, which excludes the effects of the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation(see Note 12). The unaudited pro-forma results do not include any anticipated cost savings or other effects of the planned integration of Goldline.

Related Agreements

In connection with the closing of the acquisition, Goldline entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “Goldline Credit Facility”) with various lenders (the "Goldline Lenders"), which include some directors from the Company's Board, effective August 28, 2017 (see Note 14). Borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable under the Purchase Agreement.

On the Closing Date, the Seller and Goldline entered into a transition services agreement, pursuant to which Goldline will provide reasonable assistance to the Seller (including access to records and services of transferring employees) for a period of two years following the closing date in connection with assisting the Seller with its continuing obligations for its retained liabilities that were not assumed by Goldline.

Also on the Closing Date, the Seller and the former CEO of the Seller also agreed that, for the period commencing on the closing date until the third anniversary thereof, neither they nor any of their affiliates will, directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, participate in, invest in or otherwise provide assistance to, in any manner, any “competing business” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

Spinoff from Spectrum Group International, Inc.

On March 14, 2014, the Company's former parent, Spectrum Group International, Inc. (including its subsidiaries, "SGI" or the "Former Parent"), effected a spinoff (the "spinoff" or the "Distribution") of the Company from SGI. As a result of the Distribution, the Company became a publicly traded company independent from SGI. On March 17, 2014, A-Mark’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK."

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the financial condition, results of operations, statement of stockholder equity and cash flows of the Company, and were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CFC, AMTAG, TDS, Logistics, Goldline and its majority owned affiliate AMST (collectively the “Company”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 net income (loss) equaled comprehensive income (loss) as there were no items of comprehensive income (loss).

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for interim financial reporting. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals) necessary to present fairly the condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated statements of income, condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity, and condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Operating results for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending June 30, 2018 or for any other interim period during such fiscal year. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 (the “2017 Annual Report”), as filed with the SEC. Amounts related to disclosure of June 30, 2017 balances within these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were derived from the aforementioned audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2017 Annual Report.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among others, determination of fair value, allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment assessments of plant, property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation allowance determination on deferred

11

tax assets, contingent earn-out liabilities, contingent interest liabilities, and revenue recognition judgments. Significant estimates also include the Company's fair value determination with respect to its financial instruments and precious metals inventory. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Cash is maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances.

Assets that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of receivables, loans of inventory to customers, and inventory hedging transactions. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited due to the large number of customers composing the Company's customer base, the geographic dispersion of the customers, and the collateralization of substantially all receivable balances. Based on an assessment of credit risk, the Company typically grants collateralized credit to its customers. The Company enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. Credit risk with respect to loans of inventory to customers is minimal. All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company is the United States dollar ("USD"). Also, the functional currency of the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, AMTAG, is USD, but it maintains its books of record in Euros. The Company remeasures the financial statements of AMTAG into USD. The remeasurement of local currency amounts into USD creates remeasurement gains and losses, which are included in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts. These derivatives generate gains and losses when they are settled and/or when they are marked to market. The change in the value in the derivative instruments is shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income as unrealized net gains (losses) on foreign exchange.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.

Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on the acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.

Net cash paid to acquire a business is classified as investing activities on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of cash flow.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company does not have any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company has $0.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively, in a bank account that is restricted and serves as collateral against a standby letter of credit issued by the bank in favor of the landlord for our office space in Los Angeles, California (see Note 15).

Inventories

Inventories principally include bullion and bullion coins that are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources.

12

The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as discussed below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market". The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged (see Note 6.)

Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using a straight line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three years to twenty-five years. Depreciation commences when the related assets are placed into service. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage. Internal-use software costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Land is recorded at historical cost, and is not depreciated. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We have no major planned maintenance activities related to our plant assets associated with our minting operations.

The Company reviews the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating for impairment, the carrying value of each asset is compared to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference when the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted estimated future cash flows. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current and projected operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the these assets are used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand and competition, as well as other economic factors.

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and employment contracts which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic useful lives ranging from three years to fifteen years. We review our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment under the same policy described above for plant, property, and equipment; that is, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles (such as trade names) are not subject to amortization, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually. However, for tax purposes, goodwill acquired in connection with a taxable asset acquisition is generally deductible.

The Company evaluates its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic 350 of the ASC. The Company may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. A qualitative assessment includes analyzing current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit such as changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.

If, based on this qualitative assessment, management determines that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test includes comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.

13

Long-Term Investments

Investments in privately-held entities that are at least 20% but less than 50% owned by the Company are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company’s proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses, with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense). The carrying value of the investment is reduced by the amount of the dividends received from the equity-method investee, as they are considered a return of capital.

Investments in privately-held entities that are less than 20% owned by the Company are accounted for using the cost method, unless the Company can exercise significant influence or the investee is economically dependent upon the Company, in which case the equity method is used. Under the cost method, investments are carried at cost and other income is recorded when dividends are received from the cost-method investee.

We evaluate our long-term investments for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company did not identify any impairments.

Fair Value Measurement

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic 820 of the ASC ("ASC 820"), creates a single definition of fair value for financial reporting. The rules associated with ASC 820 state that valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach should be used to estimate fair value. Selection of a valuation technique, or multiple valuation techniques, depends on the nature of the asset or liability being valued, as well as the availability of data (see Note 3.)

Contingent Earn-out Liability

We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint acquisition. On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see Note 3). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 the balance of contingent liability was $588,000 and $1,325,000 respectively, and the current portion of this liability is shown as a component in other long-term liabilities. Below is a reconciliation of the contingent earn out liability for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

in thousands
	Contingent
Liabilities at fair value, based on Level 3 inputs:	Consideration
Balance at June 30, 2017	$	1,325
Revaluation adjustment	(529		)
Amount paid to SilverTowne	(208		)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	588

Revenue Recognition

Settlement Date Accounting

Substantially all of the Company’s sales of precious metals are conducted using sales contracts that meet the definition of derivative instruments in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). The contract underlying A-Mark’s commitment to deliver precious metals is referred to as a “fixed-price forward commodity contract” because the price of the commodity is fixed at the time the order is placed. Revenue is recognized on the settlement date, which is defined as the date on which: (1) the quantity, price and specific items being purchased have been established, (2) metals have been delivered to the customer, and (3) payment has been received or is covered by the customer’s established credit limit with the Company.

All derivative instruments are marked to market during the interval between the trade date and the settlement date, with the changes in the fair value charged to cost of sales. The Company’s hedging strategy to mitigate the market risk associated with its sales commitments is described separately below under the caption “Hedging Activities.”

14

Trades Types of Products that are Physically Delivered

The Company’s contracts to sell precious metals to customers are usually settled with the physical delivery of metals to the customer, although net settlement (i.e., settlement at an amount equal to the difference between the contract value and the market price of the metal on the settlement date) is permitted. Below is a summary of the Company’s major trade order types and the key factors that determine when settlement occurs and when revenue is recognized for each type:

• Traditional physical trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined on the trade date. Payment or sufficient credit is verified prior to delivery of the metals on the settlement date.

• Consignment trade orders -- The Company delivers the items requested by the customer prior to establishing a firm trade order with a price. Settlement occurs and revenue is recognized once the customer confirms its order (quantity, specific product and price) and remits full payment for the sale.

• Provisional trade orders -- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the price is not set. The customer commits to purchasing the metals within a specified time period, usually within one year, at the then-current market price. The Company delivers the metal to the customer after receiving the customer’s deposit, which is typically based on 110% of the prevailing current spot price. The unpriced metal is subject to a margin call if the deposit falls below 105% of the value of the unpriced metal. The purchase price is established and revenue is recognized at the time the customer notifies the Company that it desires to purchase the metal.

• Margin trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined at trade date; however, the customer is allowed to finance the transaction through the Company and to defer delivery by committing to remit a partial payment (approximately 20%) of the total order price. With the remittance of the partial payment, the customer locks in the purchase price for a specified time period (usually up to two years from the trade date). Revenue on margin trade orders is recognized when the order is paid in full and delivered to the customer.

• Borrowed precious metals trade orders-- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the specific product is not yet determined. Revenue is not recognized until the customer selects the specific precious metal product it wishes to purchase, full payment is received, and the product is delivered to the customer.

Hedging Activities

The value of our inventory and our purchase and sale commitments are linked to the prevailing price of the underlying precious metal commodity. The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity and enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. The Company hedges by each commodity type (gold, silver, platinum, and palladium). All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Commodity forward, futures and option contracts entered into for hedging purposes are recorded at fair value on the trade date and are marked to market each period. The difference between the original contract values and the market values of these contracts are reflected as derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with the corresponding unrealized gain or losses included as a component of cost of sales. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contracts are recorded in cost of sales.

The Company enters into futures, forward and option contracts solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk and our liability on price protection programs, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income (see Note 11.)

Other Sources of Revenue

In accordance with the Revenue Recognition Topic 605 of the ASC ("ASC 605") storage and logistics services revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, no obligations remain and collection is probable.

Interest Income

In accordance with the Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835") following are interest income generating activities of the Company:

• Secured Loans-- The Company uses the effective interest method to recognize interest income on its secured loans transactions.  The Company maintains a security interest in the precious metals and records interest income over the terms of the secured loan receivable. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. The interest income accrual is

15

resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are resolved. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the principal and then to any unrecognized interest income (see Note 5.)

• Margin accounts-- The Company earns a fee (interest income) under financing arrangements related to margin trade orders over the period during which customers have opted to defer making full payment on the purchase of metals.

• Repurchase agreements--Repurchase agreements represent a form of secured financing whereby the Company sets aside specific metals for a customer and charges a fee on the outstanding value of these metals. The customer is granted the option (but not the obligation) to repurchase these metals at any time during the open reacquisition period. This fee is earned over the duration of the open reacquisition period and is classified as interest income.

• Spot deferred trade orders-- Spot deferred trade orders are a special type of forward delivery trade that enable customers to purchase or sell certain precious metals from/to the Company at an agreed upon price but, are allowed to delay remitting or taking delivery up to a maximum of two years from the date of trade. Even though the contact allows for physical delivery, it rarely occurs for this type trade. As a result, revenue is not recorded from these transactions, because no product is delivered to the customer. Spot deferred trades are considered a type of financing transactions, where the Company earns a fee (interest income) under spot deferred arrangements over the period in which trade is open.

Interest Expense

The Company accounts for interest expense on the following arrangements in accordance with Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835"):

• Borrowings-- The Company incurs interest expense from its lines of credit and its debt obligations (related party) using the effective interest method (see Note 14.) Additionally, the Company amortizes capitalized loan fee costs to interest expense over the period of the loan agreement.

• Loan servicing fees-- When the Company purchases loan portfolios, the Company may have the seller service the loans that were purchased. The Company incurs a fee based on total interest charged to borrowers over the period the loans are outstanding. The servicing fee incurred by the Company is charged to interest expense.

• Product financing arrangements-- The Company incurs financing fees (classified as interest expense) from its product financing arrangements (also referred to as reverse-repurchase arrangements) with third party finance companies for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its precious metal inventory at a later date. These arrangements are accounted for as secured borrowings. During the term of this type of agreement, the third party charges a monthly fee as a percentage of the market value of the designated inventory, which the Company intends to reacquire in the future.  No revenue is generated from these trades. The Company enters this type of transaction for additional liquidity.

Other Income

The Company's other income is derived from the Company's proportional interest in the reported net income or net loss in an investee accounted for under the equity method of accounting and the gains or losses associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability associated with its AMST investment.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company's proportional interest in the investee's reported net income (loss) from its equity method investment was $99,000 and $(6,000), respectively; and for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $278,000 and $73,000, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the net gains associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability was zero and $198,000, respectively; and for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $529,000 and $198,000, respectively.

Advertising

Advertising expense was $961,000 and $176,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Advertising expense was $2,537,000 and $542,000, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. The increase in advertising expense for the three and nine months ended periods primarily relates to our acquisition of Goldline. See Note 18 for bifurcation of expenses by segment.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs represent costs associated with shipping product to customers, and receiving product from vendors and are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Shipping and handling costs incurred totaled $1,315,000 and $1,052,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Shipping and handling costs incurred totaled $3,498,000 and $3,349,000, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

16

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity awards under the provisions of the Compensation - Stock Compensation Topic 718 of the ASC ("ASC 718"), which establishes fair value-based accounting requirements for share-based compensation to employees. ASC 718 requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees as expense over the service period in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The expense is adjusted for actual forfeitures of unvested awards as they occur.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to it in the various jurisdictions in which it earns income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. The Company recognizes a benefit for tax positions that it believes will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that the Company believes has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. The Company regularly monitors its tax positions and adjusts the amount of recognized tax benefit based on its evaluation of information that has become available since the end of its last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. When adjusting the amount of recognized tax benefits, the Company does not consider information that has become available after the balance sheet date, but does disclose the effects of new information whenever those effects would be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheets principally within accrued liabilities.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Please refer to Note 12 for further discussion regarding these provisions.

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include the Company's consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, the Company would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to the Company's results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial position.

Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain state net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.

The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the company when it was a member of the consolidated income tax return group of its Former Parent (Spectrum Group International, Inc.) Following its spin-off, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are

17

separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.

Earnings per Share ("EPS")

The Company computes and reports both basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the total potential dilution that could occur from outstanding equity awards, including unexercised stock options, utilizing the treasury stock method.

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common shares for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,023	7,031	7,029
Effect of common stock equivalents — stock issuable under outstanding equity awards	—	107	—	93
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,130	7,031	7,122

Since the Company incurred a net loss for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018, basic and diluted EPS were the same, as the inclusion of 853,015 potential common shares, related to outstanding stock options, in the computation of net loss per share would have been anti-dilutive.

Dividends

Dividends are recorded if and when declared by the Board of Directors. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share, totaling $0.24 of dividends per share for the nine months ended March 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share, totaling $0.22 of dividends per share for the nine months ended March 31, 2017 (see Note 16 and Note 19).

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other standards setting bodies issue new accounting pronouncements. Updates to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) are communicated through issuance of an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, “Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118”, to add various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), to ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. SAB 118 was issued by the SEC in December 2018 to provide immediate guidance for accounting implications of U.S. tax reform under the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Act”). SAB No. 118 provides for a provisional one year measurement period for entities to finalize their accounting for certain income tax effects related to the Tax Reform Act. SAB No. 118 provides guidance where: (i) the accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is complete and reported in the Tax Reform Act’s enactment period, (ii) the accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is incomplete and reported as provisional amounts based on reasonable estimates (to the extent determinable) subject to adjustments during a limited measurement period until complete, and (iii) accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is not reasonably estimable (no related provisional amounts are reported in the enactment period) and entities would continue to apply accounting based on tax law provisions in effect prior to the Tax Reform Act enactment until provisional amounts are reasonably estimable. SAB No. 118 requires disclosure of the reasons for incomplete accounting additional information or analysis needed, among other relevant information. The Company has evaluated the potential impacts of SAB 118 and has applied this guidance to its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures beginning in the second quarter of its fiscal year 2018. For additional information on SAB 118 and the impacts of the Tax Act on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures (see Note 12).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, (“ASU 2017-04”). The amendments of this ASU eliminate step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendments of this ASU also eliminate the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative

18

assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2020 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment test performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2017-04 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, (“ASU 2017-01”). The objective of ASU 2017-01 is to clarify the definition of a business in order to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill and consolidation. ASU 2017-01 is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively and we do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"). This new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for the Company on July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. We will adopt the requirements of the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and do not currently expect adoption to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842). The amendments in this update require lessees to recognize a lease liability measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset for all leases at the commencement date. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2019 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years), and is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. We are evaluating the new guidelines, but believe that adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures, as the Company has minimal lease commitments.

    In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) (“ASU 2016-08”). The amendments in ASU 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”). The amendments in ASU 2016-10 clarify aspects relating to the identification of performance obligations and improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12("ASU 2016-12"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in ASU 2016-12 address certain issues identified on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. For all of the ASUs noted above ("ASC 606"), the effective date for the Company is July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method is permitted.  The Company has been evaluating the impact of this new pronouncement and does not believe the implementation of ASC 606 will have a significant effect on the financial results of the Company for fiscal years beginning on and after July 1, 2018. This is because the major portion of the Company's revenues fall under the authoritative guidance of ASC 815, which are outside the scope of ASC 606.

19

3. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, AT FAIR VALUE

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
	Carrying Amount		Fair value		Carrying Amount		Fair value
Financial assets:
Cash	$	4,941	$	4,941	$	13,059	$	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260		41,260		39,295		39,295
Secured loans receivable	109,493		109,493		91,238		91,238
Derivative asset on open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		1,233		931		931
Derivative asset on option contracts	144		144		—		—
Derivative asset on futures contracts	1,059		1,059		1,273		1,273
Derivative asset on forward contracts	5,199		5,199		15,383		15,383
Income taxes receivable	1,521		1,521		—		—
Financial liabilities:
Lines of credit	$	210,000	$	210,000	$	180,000	$	180,000
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993		6,993		—		—
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295		243,295		5,625		5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370		97,370		135,343		135,343
Derivative liability on margin accounts	3,841		3,841		4,797		4,797
Derivative liability on price protection programs	57		57		—		—
Derivative liability on open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		14,273		29,785		29,785
Accounts payable	51,833		51,833		41,947		41,947
Accrued liabilities	6,042		6,042		4,945		4,945
Other long-term liabilities (related party) (1)	1,049		1,049		1,117		1,117
Income taxes payable	—		—		1,418		1,418
Note payable - related party	—		—		500		500
(1) Includes estimated contingent amounts due to SilverTowne and to Goldline Lenders.

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 represent the amounts that would be received upon the sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows and appropriately risk adjusted discount rates, and available observable and unobservable inputs.

The carrying amounts of cash, secured loans receivable, receivables, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, income taxes payable, note payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of derivative assets and derivative liabilities, liability on borrowed metals and product financing arrangements are marked-to-market on a daily basis to fair value. The carrying amounts of lines of credit and debt obligation approximate fair value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities represents the long-term portion of contingent earn-out liabilities that are remeasured on a quarterly basis.

20

Valuation Hierarchy

Topic 820 of the ASC established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

• Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The significant assumptions used to determine the carrying value and the related fair value of the financial instruments are described below:

Inventory. Inventories, principally include bullion and bullion coins, are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins are comprised of two components: 1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and 2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. Except for commemorative coin inventory, which are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market, the Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values on a daily basis. The fair value for commodities inventory (i.e., inventory excluding commemorative coins) is determined using pricing data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Precious metals commodities inventory are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Derivatives. Futures contracts, forward contracts, option contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are valued at their fair values, based on the difference between the quoted market price and the contractual price (i.e., intrinsic value,) and are included within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Margin and Borrowed Metals Liabilities. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities consist of the Company's commodity obligations to margin customers and suppliers, respectively. Margin liabilities and borrowed metals liabilities are carried at fair value, which is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Product Financing Arrangements. Product financing arrangements consist of financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of the sale of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party. Such transactions allow the Company to repurchase this inventory on the termination (repurchase) date. The third party charges monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation, which is carried at fair value. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Fair value is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Product financing arrangements are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Liability on Price Protection Programs. The Company records an estimate of the fair value of the liability on price protection programs based on the difference between the contractual price at trade date and the retail price at the remeasurement date (i.e., quarter-end) based on the expected redemption rate of each program. As of March 31, 2018, the Company used the quoted market price based on the current spot rate and used an expected redemption rate of 100% for the price shield program, the most significant of the price protection programs. The use of a throughput rate of each program ignores the future price volatility that would affect the timing and rate of redemption under these programs, and, as a result, the liability on price protection programs is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Contingent Earn-out Liability. The Company records an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint transaction. On a quarterly basis, the liability is remeasured and increases or decreases in the fair value are recorded as an adjustment to other income on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST. The assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. The key inputs in determining fair value of our contingent consideration obligations include the changes in the assumed timing and amounts of future throughputs (i.e., operating income, operating cost per unit, and production volume) which affects the timing and amount of future earn-out payments. Contingent earn-out liability is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The Company values the contingent obligation by determining the likelihood that the company has achieved the following targeted amount of performance thresholds for each annual earn-out period. Such thresholds include (1) Producing a targeted amount of silver ounces, (2) Earning a targeted amount of operating income, and (3) Generating an operating cost per ounce that

21

is less than a targeted level. Each category triggers a different annual payout obligation if achieved over a 3 year period. The company re-assesses this contingent obligation each quarter based on the most current facts and market conditions. The obligation continues to remain as a liability at its original recorded value unless, based on each quarterly evaluation, it becomes evident the Company will not achieve all or part of the threshold performance targets. In such case, the obligation is adjusted to its more current estimated value.

The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the measurements fall:

	March 31, 2018
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	499,255	$	—	$	—	$	499,255
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		—		—		1,233
Derivative assets — option contracts	144		—		—		144
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,059		—		—		1,059
Derivative assets — forward contracts	5,199		—		—		5,199
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	506,890	$	—	$	—	$	506,890
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	243,295	$	—	$	—	$	243,295
Product financing arrangements	97,370		—		—		97,370
Derivative liabilities — price protection programs	—		—		57		57
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	3,841		—		—		3,841
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		—		—		14,273
Derivative liabilities — future contracts	—		—		—		—
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts	—		—		—		—
Contingent earn-out liability	$	—	$	—	$	588	$	588
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	358,779	$	—	$	645	$	359,424

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $162,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

22

	June 30, 2017
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	284,619	$	—	$	—	$	284,619
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	931		—		—		931
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,273		—		—		1,273
Derivative assets — forward contracts	15,383		—		—		15,383
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	302,206	$	—	$	—	$	302,206
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	5,625	$	—	$	—	$	5,625
Product financing arrangements	135,343		—		—		135,343
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	4,797		—		—		4,797
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	29,785		—		—		29,785
Contingent earn-out liability	—		—		1,325		1,325
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	175,550	$	—	$	1,325	$	176,875

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $40,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 or 3 from other levels within the fair value hierarchy during the reported periods.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only under certain circumstances. These include cost method and equity method investments that are written down to fair value when a decline in the fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, and plant, property and equipment or goodwill that are written down to fair value when they are held for sale or determined to be impaired.

The Company uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of its investments on a non-recurring basis. The Company's two investments in noncontrolled entities do not have readily determinable fair values. Quoted prices of the investments are not available, and the cost of obtaining an independent valuation appears excessive considering the carrying value of the instruments to the Company. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the carrying value of the Company's investments totaled $8.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively. During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not record any impairments related to these investments.

The Company also uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of goodwill and other intangibles on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at cost and are written down to fair value on the annual measurement dates or on the date of a triggering event, if impaired. As of March 31, 2018, there were no indications present that the Company's goodwill or other purchased intangibles were impaired, and therefore were not remeasured.

23

4. RECEIVABLES

Receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Customer trade receivables	$	26,398		$	31,949
Wholesale trade advances	12,925			2,457
Due from brokers	1,967			4,919
Subtotal	41,290			39,325
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	(30		)	(30		)
Receivables, net	$	41,260		$	39,295

Customer Trade Receivables. Customer trade receivables represent short-term, non-interest bearing amounts due from precious metal sales, advances related to financing products, and other secured interests in assets of the customer. Also, the balance as of March 31, 2018 includes an estimate of the amount due from the seller of Goldline for $0.5 million for the difference between the initial provisional purchase price and the revised provisional purchase price (See Note 1).

Wholesale Trade Advances. Wholesale trade advances represent advances of various bullion products and cash advances for purchase commitments of precious metal inventory. Typically, these advances are unsecured, short-term, and non-interest bearing, and are made to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.

Due from Brokers. Due from brokers principally consists of the margin requirements held at brokers related to open futures contracts (see Note 11).

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on specifically identified receivables, which the Company has identified as potentially uncollectible. A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

in thousands
Period ended:	Beginning Balance		Provision		Charge-off		Ending Balance
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30
Year Ended June 30, 2017	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30

5. SECURED LOANS RECEIVABLE

Below is a summary of the carrying value of our secured loans as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Secured loans originated	$	22,051		$	30,864
Secured loans originated - with a related party	9,352			—
	31,403			30,864
Secured loans acquired	78,090		(1)	60,374		(2)
Secured loans (current and long-term)	$	109,493		$	91,238

_________________________________

(1)    Includes $54,000 of loan premium as of March 31, 2018.

(2)    Includes $72,000 of loan premium as of June 30, 2017.

Secured Loans - Originated: Secured loans include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities, and long-term loans that are made to our customers. These loans are fully secured by the customers' assets that include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material, which are typically held in safekeeping by the Company. (See Note 13 for further information regarding our secured loans made to related parties.)

24

Secured Loans - Acquired: Secured loans also include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities that are purchased from our customers. The Company acquires a portfolio of their loan receivables at a price that approximates the aggregate carrying value of each loan in the portfolio, as determined on the effective transaction date. Each loan in the portfolio is fully secured by the borrowers' assets, which include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material that are held in safekeeping by the Company. Typically, the seller of the loan portfolio retains the responsibility for the servicing and administration of the loans.

    As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, our secured loans carried weighted-average effective interest rates of 9.6% and 9.2%, respectively, and mature in periods generally ranging typically from on-demand to one year.

The secured loans that the Company generates with active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an operating activity on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The secured loans that the Company generates with borrowers who are not active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an investing activity on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as secured loans, net. For the secured loans that are reflected as an investing activity and have terms that allow the borrower to increase their loan balance (at the discretion of the Company) based on the excess value of their collateral compared to their aggregate principal balance of loan and are repayable on demand or in the short-term, the borrowings and repayments are netted on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Credit Quality of Secured Loans Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company applies a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses for secured loan receivables. The secured loan receivables portfolio is comprised solely of secured loans with similar risk profiles. This similarity allows the Company to apply a standard methodology to determine the credit quality for each loan. The credit quality of each loan is generally determined by the secured material, the initial and ongoing collateral value determination and the assessment of loan-to-value determination. Typically, the Company's secured loan receivables within its portfolio have similar credit risk profiles and methods for assessing and monitoring credit risk.

The Company evaluates its loan portfolio in one of two classes of secured loan receivables: those loans secured by: 1) bullion items and 2) numismatic and semi-numismatic coins. The Company's secured loans by portfolio class, which align with management reporting, are as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Bullion	$	74,752	68.3	%	$	61,767	67.7	%
Numismatic and semi-numismatic	34,741		31.7		29,471		32.3
	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

Each of the two classes of secured loans receivables (bullion and numismatic & semi-numismatic) have the same initial measurement attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring credit risk. The methodology of assessing the credit quality of the secured loans acquired by the Company is similar to the secured loans originated by the Company; they are administered using the same internal reporting system, collateralized by precious metals, for which loan-to-value determination procedures are applied.

Credit Quality of Loans and Non-Performing Status

Generally, interest is due and payable within 30 days. A loan is considered past due if interest is not paid in 30 days or collateral calls are not met timely. Typically, loans do not achieve the threshold of non-performing status due to the fact that customers are generally put into default for any interest past due over 30 days and for unsatisfied collateral calls. When this occurs the loan collateral is typically liquidated within 90 days.

For certain secured loans, interest is billed monthly and, if not paid, is added to the outstanding loan balance. These secured loans are considered past due if their current loan-to-value ratio fails to meet established minimum equity levels, and the borrower fails to meet the collateral call required to reestablish the appropriate loan-to-value ratio.    

Non-performing loans have the highest probability for credit loss. The allowance for credit losses attributable to non-performing loans is based on the most probable source of repayment, which is normally the liquidation of collateral. In determining collateral value, the Company estimates the current market value of the collateral and considers credit enhancements such as additional collateral and third-party guarantees. Due to the accelerated liquidation terms of the Company's loan portfolio, all past due loans are generally liquidated within 90 days of default.

25

Further information about the Company's credit quality indicators includes differentiating by categories of current loan-to-value ratios. The Company desegregates its secured loans that are collateralized by precious metal products, as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Loan-to-value of 75% or more	$	63,369	57.9	%	$	60,432	66.2	%
Loan-to-value of less than 75%	46,124		42.1		30,806		33.8
Secured loans collateralized by precious metal products	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

    The Company had no loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 100% at March 31, 2018 or June 30, 2017.

Impaired loans

A loan is considered impaired if it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. Customer loans are reviewed for impairment and include loans that are past due, non-performing or in bankruptcy. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. Accrual is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are removed. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.

All loans are contractually subject to margin call. As a result, loans typically do not become impaired due to the fact the Company has the ability to require margin calls which are due upon receipt. Per the terms of the loan agreement, the Company has the right to liquidate the loan collateral in the event of a default. The collateral material is highly liquid and can easily be sold by the Company to pay off the loan. Such circumstances, this would result in a short term impairment that would typically result in full repayment of the loan and fees due to the Company.

For the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred no loan impairment costs.

6. INVENTORIES

Our inventory consists of the precious metals that the Company has physically received, and inventory held by third-parties, which, at the Company's option, it may or may not receive. Below, our inventory is summarized by classification at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventory held for sale	$	71,861	$	43,787
Repurchase arrangements with customers	72,567		92,496
Consignment arrangements with customers	14,162		7,368
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market	162		40
Borrowed precious metals	243,295		5,625
Product financing arrangements, restricted	97,370		135,343
	$	499,417	$	284,659

Inventory Held for Sale. Inventory held for sale represents precious metals, excluding commemorative coin inventory, that have been received by the Company that is not subject to repurchase or consignment arrangements with third parties. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the inventory held for sale totaled $71.9 million and $43.8 million, respectively.

Repurchase Arrangements with Customers. The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date, whereby the Company retains legal title to the metals.The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice.  Upon termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited. In situations when the Company uses the metal received from the customer as collateral for product financing arrangements or borrowed precious metals transactions, the inventory is reclassified to one of these other categories of inventory (see below). As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, included within inventory is $72.6 million and $92.5 million, respectively, of precious metals products subject to repurchase.

Consignment Arrangements with Customers. The Company periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis. Inventories loaned under consignment arrangements to customers as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017

26

totaled $14.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Such transactions are recorded as sales and are removed from the Company's inventory at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the precious metals.

Commemorative Coins. Our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Our commemorative coins are not hedged, and are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market and totaled $162,000 and $40,000 as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

Borrowed Precious Metals. Borrowed precious metals inventories include: (1) unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, (2) amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, (3) metals held by suppliers as collateral on advanced pool metals, and (4) shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts due under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals, or cash. The Company's inventories included borrowed precious metals with market values totaling $243.3 million and $5.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, with a corresponding offsetting obligation reflected as liabilities on borrowed metals on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Product Financing Arrangements. Inventories include amounts for obligations under product financing arrangements. The Company enters into a product financing agreement for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, by the third party finance company. During the term of the financing, the third party finance company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the finance arrangement termination date. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40 Product Financing Arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing and the underlying inventory are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Such obligations totaled $97.4 million and $135.3 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventories and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions (see Note 11.) As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the unrealized gains (losses) resulting from the difference between market value and cost of physical inventories were $(3.7) million and $(4.5) million, respectively.

Premium component of inventory

The Company's inventories primarily include bullion and bullion coins and are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. The premium is included in the cost of the inventory, paid at acquisition, and is a component of the total fair market value of the inventory. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged.

The Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market", except for our commemorative coin inventory. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respects to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The premium component, at market value, included in the inventories as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 totaled $3.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

27

7. PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Plant, property and equipment consists of the following at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Office furniture, and fixtures	$	2,055		$	1,638
Computer equipment	753			462
Computer software	3,471			2,386
Plant equipment	2,292			1,979
Building	320			315
Leasehold improvements	2,796			2,571
Total depreciable assets	11,687			9,351
Less: accumulated depreciation	(5,213		)	(3,885		)
Property and equipment not placed in service	1,353			1,105
Land	36			36
Plant, property and equipment, net	$	7,863		$	6,607

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $431,000 and $305,000, respectively. Depreciation expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $1,333,000 and $805,000, respectively.

Pursuant to the Company's acquisition of Goldline (see Note 1) the Company recorded approximately $1.8 million of additional property and equipment, which represents the approximate fair value of these assets.

8. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In connection with the acquisition of A-Mark by Former Parent on July 1, 2005, the accounts of the Company were adjusted using the push down basis of accounting to recognize the allocation of the consideration paid to the respective net assets acquired. In accordance with the push down basis of accounting, the Company's net assets were adjusted to their fair values as of the date of the acquisition based upon an independent appraisal.

Due to the Company's business combination with AMST that closed on August 31, 2016, the Company recorded an additional $2.5 million and $4.3 million of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal. The Company’s investment in AMST has resulted in synergies between the acquired minting operation and the Company’s established distribution network by providing a more steady and reliable fabricated source of silver during times of market volatility. The Company considers that much of the acquired goodwill relates to the “ ready state” of AMST's established minting operation with existing quality processes, procedures and ability to scale production to meet market needs. 

Due to the Company's acquisition of Goldline (see Note 1), the Company recorded $5.0 million and $1.5 million of additional identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal and represents their fair values at the acquisition date. The Company’s investment in Goldline is expected to create synergies between Goldline's direct marketing operation and the Company’s established distribution network, secured storage and lending operations that is expected to lead to increased product margin spreads, lower distribution and storage costs for Goldline, and a larger customer base for the Company's secured lending operations.

28

The carrying value of goodwill and other purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 is as described below:

dollar amounts in thousands
		March 31, 2018							June 30, 2017
	Estimated Useful Lives (Years)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value
Identifiable intangible Assets:
Existing customer relationships	5 - 15	8,848		(5,239		)	3,609		6,447		(4,636		)	1,811
Non-compete and other	3 - 5	2,300		(2,039		)	261		2,000		(2,000		)	—
Employment agreement	3	295		(214		)	81		195		(195		)	—
Intangibles subject to amortization		11,443		(7,492		)	3,951		8,642		(6,831		)	1,811
Trade Name	Indefinite	$	4,454	$	—		$	4,454	$	2,254	$	—		$	2,254
		$	15,897	$	(7,492	)	$	8,405	$	10,896	$	(6,831	)	$	4,065
Goodwill	Indefinite	$	10,331	$	—		$	10,331	$	8,881	$	—		$	8,881

The Company's intangible assets are subject to amortization except for trade-names, which have an indefinite life. Intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives, which are estimated to be three to fifteen years. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $251,000 and $108,000, respectively. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $661,000 and $315,000, respectively. For the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not identify any impairments related to the Company's goodwill or intangible assets.

Estimated amortization expense on an annual basis for the succeeding five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,	Amount
2018 (3 months remaining)	$	253
2019	1,012
2020	1,012
2021	621
2022	571
Thereafter	482
Total	$	3,951

9. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

The Company has two investments in privately-held entities, both of which are online precious metals retailers and customers of the Company. The Company has exclusive supplier agreements with each entity, for which these customers have agreed to purchase all bullion products required for their businesses exclusively from A-Mark, subject to certain limitations. The Company also provides fulfillment services to both of these customers. The following table shows the carrying value of the Company's investments in the privately held companies, categorized by type of investment:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Equity method investment	$	7,745	$	7,467
Cost method investment	500		500
	$	8,245	$	7,967

Equity Method Investment

The Company applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in which it has aggregate ownership interest of 20.6%. Under the equity method of accounting, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company's proportional share of the investee's reported earnings or losses with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense) on the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company's proportionate share of the investee’s net income

29

(loss) totaled $99,000 and $(6,000) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company's proportionate share of the investee’s net income totaled $278,000 and $73,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Cost Method Investment

The Company applies the cost method to its investment in which its ownership percentage, based on the number of fully dilutive common shares outstanding, was 2.5% as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying balance of this investment was $0.5 million.

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable consists of the following:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Trade payables to customers	$	677	$	277
Advances from customers	44,051		36,382
Liability on deferred revenue	3,983		3,777
Other accounts payable	3,122		1,511
	$	51,833	$	41,947

11. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

The Company is exposed to market risk, such as changes in commodity prices, and foreign exchange rates. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, the Company enters into various derivative products, such as forwards and futures contracts. By policy, the Company historically has entered into derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging substantially all of Company's market exposure to precious metals prices, and not for speculative purposes.

Commodity Price Management

The Company manages the value of certain assets and liabilities of its trading business, including trading inventories, by employing a variety of hedging strategies. These strategies include the management of exposure to changes in the market values of the Company's trading inventories through the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative instruments, such as, forwards and futures contracts.

The Company enters into derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory subject to price risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the nature of the Company's global hedging strategy, the Company is not using hedge accounting as defined under Topic 815 of the ASC, whereby the gains or losses would be deferred and included as a component of other comprehensive income. Instead, gains or losses resulting from the Company's futures and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are reported as unrealized gains or losses on commodity contracts (a component of cost of sales) with the related unrealized amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as a derivative asset or liability on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company's trading inventories and purchase and sale transactions consist primarily of precious metal products. The value of these assets and liabilities are marked-to-market daily to the prevailing closing price of the underlying precious metals. The Company's precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes, created by changes in the underlying commodity market prices. Inventories purchased or borrowed by the Company are subject to price changes. Inventories borrowed are considered natural hedges, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier.

    The Company’s open sale and purchase commitments typically settle within 2 business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, the Company has the right to settle the positions upon demand. Futures and forwards contracts open at end of any period typically settle within 30 days. Open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures contracts.

The Company's policy is to substantially hedge its inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk. The Company regularly enters into precious metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge price changes that would cause changes in the value of its physical metals positions and purchase commitments and sale commitments. The Company has access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing it to place hedges. The Company also maintains relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center.

30

The Company’s management sets credit and position risk limits. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions with the Company. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of the difference (or intrinsic value) between market values and trade values at the trade date for open precious metals sale and purchase contracts, as adjusted on a daily basis for changes in market values of the underlying metals, until settled. The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of open precious metals forwards and futures contracts. The precious metals forwards and futures contracts are settled at the contract settlement date.

All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions (i.e., offsetting derivative instruments). Substantially all of these contracts are secured by the underlying metals positions. As such, for the Company's derivative contracts with the same counterparty, the receivables and payables have been netted on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Such derivative contracts include open sale and purchase commitments, futures, forwards and margin accounts. In the table below, the aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances are presented by contract type and type of hedge, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

	March 31, 2018										June 30, 2017
in thousands	Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative		Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative
Nettable derivative assets:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	1,968	$	(735	)	$	—		$	1,233	$	1,625	$	(694	)	$	—		$	931
Option contracts	144		—			—			144		—		—			—			—
Future contracts	1,059		—			—			1,059		1,273		—			—			1,273
Forward contracts	5,261		(62		)	—			5,199		15,754		(371		)	—			15,383
	$	8,432	$	(797	)	$	—		$	7,635	$	18,652	$	(1,065	)	$	—		$	17,587
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	15,203	$	(930	)	$	—		$	14,273	$	31,568	$	(1,783	)	$	—		$	29,785
Margin accounts	6,446		—			(2,605		)	3,841		7,936		—			(3,139		)	4,797
Liability of price protection programs	57		—			—			57		—		—			—			—
	$	21,706	$	(930	)	$	(2,605	)	$	18,171	$	39,504	$	(1,783	)	$	(3,139	)	$	34,582

31

Gains or Losses on Derivative Instruments

The Company records the derivative at the trade date with a corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as a component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales, and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contacts are recorded in cost of sales.

Below is a summary of the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
Unrealized gains (losses) on open future commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net	$	15,041		$	23,592		$	5,038	$	(11,241	)
Realized (losses) gains on future commodity contracts, net	(3,241		)	(193		)	8,781		15,631
	$	11,800		$	23,399		$	13,819	$	4,390

Summary of Hedging Activity

In a hedging relationship, the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument is offset to a great extent by the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, which shows the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, that is subject to price risk as of March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Inventory	$	499,417		$	284,659
Less unhedgable inventory:
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market	(162		)	(40		)
Premium on metals position	(3,375		)	(4,088		)
Inventory value not hedged	(3,537		)	(4,128		)
Subtotal	495,880			280,531
Commitments at market:
Open inventory purchase commitments	451,961			587,687
Open inventory sales commitments	(192,221		)	(121,602		)
Margin sale commitments	(6,446		)	(7,936		)
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk	(4,168		)	(3,931		)
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions	243			495
Borrowed precious metals	(243,295		)	(5,625		)
Product financing arrangements	(97,370		)	(135,343		)
Advances on industrial metals	5,885			1,580
Inventory subject to price risk	410,469			595,856
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values	322,750			462,231
Precious metals futures contracts at market values	87,106			133,450
Total market value of derivative financial instruments	409,856			595,681
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk	$	613		$	175

32

Notional Balances of Derivatives

The notional balances of the Company's derivative instruments, consisting of contractual metal quantities, are expressed at current spot prices of the underlying precious metal commodity. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had the following outstanding commitments and open forward and future contracts:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Purchase commitments	$	451,961		$	587,687
Sales commitments	$	(192,221	)	$	(121,602	)
Margin sales commitments	$	(6,446	)	$	(7,936	)
Open forward contracts	$	322,750		$	462,231
Open futures contracts	$	87,106		$	133,450

The contract amounts (i.e., notional balances) of the Company's forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase commitments are not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract and the trade amount at fair value.

The Company is exposed to the risk of failure of the counterparties to its derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by the Company when evaluating the fair value implications. The Company regularly reviews the creditworthiness of its major counterparties and monitors its exposure to concentrations. At March 31, 2018, the Company believes its risk of counterparty default is mitigated as a result of such evaluation and the short-term duration of these arrangements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Management

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its sale and purchase transactions. These contracts generally have maturities of less than one week. The accounting treatment of our foreign currency exchange derivative instruments is similar to the accounting treatment of our commodity derivative instruments, that is, the change in the value in the financial instrument is immediately recognized as a component of cost of sales. Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange derivative instruments shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $(32,000) and $21,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange derivative instruments shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $6,000 and $12,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The market values (fair values) of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and the net open sale and purchase commitment transactions, denominated in foreign currencies, outstanding are as follows:

in thousands	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Foreign exchange forward contracts	$	3,641	$	2,213
Open sale and purchase commitment transactions, net	$	2,918	$	2,235

12.     INCOME TAXES

Income from operations before provision for income taxes is shown below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes	$	(1,484	)	$	2,138	$	(500	)	$	9,466

33

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return based on a June 30 tax year end. The benefit (expense) from provision for income taxes for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:

in thousands	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Federal	$	675		$	(571	)	$	109		$	(3,147	)
State and local	138			(282		)	107			(355		)
Foreign	(6		)	20			(7		)	20
Provision for income taxes	$	807		$	(833	)	$	209		$	(3,482	)

The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are set forth below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Effective tax rate	54.4	%	(39.0	)%	41.8	%	(36.8	)%

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

On December 22, 2017, the comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code. The Company has reviewed the anticipated tax impact of the recent legislation as it relates to the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2017 and going forward.

The SEC staff has issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 ("SAB 118"), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. In accordance with SAB 118, to the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but the Company is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act. A company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740.

The final transition impacts of the Tax Act may differ materially from our estimate, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the Tax Act, legislative action to address questions that arise as a result of the Tax Act, changes in accounting standards for income taxes or related interpretations in response to the Tax Act, and updates or changes to estimates the Company has utilized to calculate the transition impacts. The Company has estimated its deferred tax assets as of the date of enactment. In addition, the Company has estimated the amount of the deferred tax assets expected to reverse by the end of the year. To the extent there are updates or changes to these estimates, there will be an adjustment to the amount recorded as expense related to the implementation of the Tax Act. These tax law changes are the primary reasons for the abnormally high effective tax rate for the three and nine months periods ended March 31, 2018. The Company has been able to make reasonable estimates of the effects of elements of the Tax Act and has recorded provisional adjustments to incorporate these estimates in our financial statements.

With respect to deferred tax assets (net of deferred tax liabilities) that are in existence as of the enactment date (i.e., valued using a 35.0% federal tax rate), the Company has been negatively impacted by the (1) new corporate tax rates, and (2) the effective date of the new provision to preclude taxpayers from carrying net operating losses (NOLs) back to prior taxable years. This is because any realization of deferred taxes during the remaining portion of the fiscal year against taxable income will be realized at a lower 28.06% blended tax rate, or a 21.0% tax rate if realized after fiscal 2018. Further, to the extent the realization of such deferred tax assets were to exceed such taxable income, resulting in an NOL, such NOL can no longer be carried back to a prior tax year and can only be carried forward to subsequent years for realization at a 21.0% tax rate.

The Tax Act reduces the corporate tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. For fiscal year taxpayers, a blended tax rate is required to compute the current tax liability. The Company has adjusted its deferred tax rate to 21.0% or 28.06% as of December 22, 2017 depending upon when the temporary differences are expected to reverse. For certain of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, we have recorded a provisional decrease of $0.2 million, with a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax $0.2 million for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 which reflects the reduction from 35% to 28.06%. In addition, our effective tax rate includes an estimate of the amount of deferred taxes that will be realized at 21% versus the blended rate of 28.06% for the June 30, 2018 tax year. While we are able to make a reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in corporate rate, our estimate may be affected by other factors, including fluctuation in

34

market pricing related to our inventory and related hedging activity. Accordingly, our estimate of the timing of the reversal of these items may ultimately impact the tax rate which is applied to the reversal of certain timing differences. The Company anticipates analyzing any adjustments each quarter and plans to finalize any adjustment within the allowable measurement period.

Tax Balances and Activity

Income Taxes Receivable and Payable

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, income taxes receivable totaled $1.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, income taxes payable totaled $0.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized by evaluating both positive and negative evidence. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, management concluded that with the exception of certain state net operating losses, it was more likely than not that the Company would be able to realize the benefit of the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. We based this conclusion on historical and projected operating performance, as well as our expectation that our operations will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax assets.

As of March 31, 2018, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of $1.5 million and a federal deferred tax asset of $2.7 million. As of June 30, 2017, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of $1.4 million and a federal deferred tax asset of $2.5 million.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Valuation Allowances

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company's state and city net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $14.4 million and $12.5 million, respectively. The Company's tax-effected net operating loss carryforwards totaled, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in the year ending June 30, 2028. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had $56,000 and $56,000, respectively, of valuation allowance for certain state and city net operating loss carryforwards, based on the Company's annual assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets. The change in state net operating loss is a result of a change in the estimated use of net operating losses at June 30, 2017 versus the actual amount used when completed tax returns were filed.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company has taken or expects to take certain tax benefits on its income tax return filings that it has not recognized a tax benefit (i.e., an unrecognized tax benefit) on its consolidated statements of income. The Company's measurement of its uncertain tax positions is based on management's assessment of all relevant information, including, but not limited to prior audit experience, audit settlement, or lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. For the nine months ended March 31, 2018, there was no material change in unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties.

Tax Examinations

Refer to Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report for information relating to open tax examinations; there have been no significant changes.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Former Parent and its Subsidiaries

In addition to transactions with other affiliates as indicated below, the Company engages with Stack’s Bowers Numismatics LLC ("Stack's Bowers"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Former Parent, in (i) sales and purchase transactions, and (ii) transactions in which the Company assists Stack’s Bowers in financing the purchase of rare coins and precious metals products, both through precious metal repurchase arrangements in which the Company receives a fee based upon the commodity value of the coins, and through loans to Stack’s Bowers from CFC secured by the coins or precious metal. The effect of these transactions is included in the following tables.

35

Balances with Affiliated Companies or Persons

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had related party receivables and payables balances as set forth below:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018						June 30, 2017
	Receivables			Payables			Receivables		Payables
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	9,825	(1)	$	—		$	—	$	27
Equity method investee	—			239		(2)	—		558
SilverTowne	—			185		(3)	—		1,768
Goldline Lenders	—			7,870		(4)	—		—
	$	9,825		$	8,294		—		$	2,353
_________________________________
(1) Balance principally includes two secured lines of credit with a balance of $3.0 million and $6.3 million (shown as a component of secured loans receivables). See "Secured Lines of Credit with Stack's Bowers", below.
(2) Balance represents mostly open trade receivables.
(3) Balance (net) includes (a) a trade receivables of $0.4 million (shown as a component of receivables), and (b) a contingent earn-out liability of $0.6 million (shown as a component of other long-term liabilities).
(4) Balance includes the face value the Goldline Credit Facility of $7.5 million, and the associated estimated debt funding fees payable of $0.4 million (shown as debt obligation - related party). The Goldline Credit facility and the debt funding fee are payable in August 2020.

Secured Lines of Credit with Stack's Bowers

On September 19, 2017, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Stack's Bowers providing a secured line of credit, bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum, with a maximum borrowing line of $5.3 million. The loan is secured by precious metals, numismatic products. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was $3.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

On March 1, 2018, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Stack's-Bowers providing a secured line of credit on the wholesale value (i.e., the excess over the spot value of the metal), of numismatic products bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum, with a maximum borrowing line of $10.0 million. In addition to the annual rate of interest, the Company is entitled to receive a participation interest equal to10% on the net profits realized by Stack's Bowers on the ultimate sale of the products. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was $6.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Note payable to SilverTowne

On August 31, 2016, the Company signed a $500,000 promissory note with SilverTowne that was payable in one year related to our acquisition of AMST. This note was paid in full in August 2017.

Long Term Debt Obligations with Goldline Lenders

As of March 31, 2018, the carrying value of the long term debt obligation payable to Goldline Lenders totaled $6,993,000, and is shown in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as debt obligations (related party). The face value of this debt obligation is $7,500,000 and the related unamortized loan funding fee, a contra-liability, totaled $507,000 as of March 31, 2018 (see Note 14). The estimated loan funding fee payable to Goldline Lenders as of March 31, 2018 totaled $370,000 and is shown on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as component of other long-term liabilities.

Activity with Affiliated Companies or Persons

Sales and Purchases Made to Affiliated Companies

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company made sales and purchases to various companies, which have been deemed to be related parties, as follows:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	12,189	$	211,120	$	16,410	$	15,105	$	24,686	$	214,661	$	38,077	$	38,441
Equity method investee	98,876		2,769		126,354		—		293,163		3,797		392,890		812
SilverTowne	5,101		699		5,156		1,210		12,384		7,078		23,975		3,952
	$	116,166	$	214,588	$	147,920	$	16,315	$	330,233	$	225,536	$	454,942	$	43,205

36

Interest Income Earned from Affiliated Companies

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company earned interest income related to loans made to Stack's Bowers and related to financing arrangements (including repurchase agreements) with affiliated companies, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest income from secured loans receivables	$	88	$	118	$	141	$	150
Interest income from finance products	994		777		2,114		2,132
	$	1,082	$	895	$	2,255	$	2,282

Interest Expense Incurred Related to Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt Obligation

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred interest related to notes payable due to SilverTowne and a long-term debt payable to the Goldline Lenders, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest expense incurred related to notes payable	$	—	$	—	$	4	$	—
Interest expense incurred related to long-term debt obligation	226		—		505		—
	$	226	$	—	$	509	$	—

Other Income Earned from Equity Method Investee

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income (loss) as other income (expense) that total $99,000 and $(6,000), respectively. During the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income (loss) as other income (expense) that total $278,000 and $73,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the carrying balance of the equity method investment was $7.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

14. FINANCING AGREEMENTS

Lines of Credit

The Company has an uncommitted demand revolving credit facility ("Trading Credit Facility”) provided to the Company by a syndicate of financial institutions, with Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. ("Rabobank") acting as lead lender and administrative agent and Natixis, New York Branch acting as syndication agent.  The Trading Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets on a first priority basis.  As of March 31, 2018, the Trading Credit Facility provided the Company with access up to $275.0 million, featuring a $225.0 million base (which included a $15.0 million temporary increase in line of credit that expired April 30, 2018), with a $50.0 million accordion option. The Trading Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on March 29, 2019. As of March 31, 2018, the Company incurred $1.9 million of loan costs in connection with the Trading Credit Facility, which was capitalized and is being amortized over the term of the Trading Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the remaining unamortized balance was approximately $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company routinely uses the Trading Credit Facility to purchase and finance precious metals and for operating cash flow purposes. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a 2.50% margin for revolving credit line loans and a 4.50% margin for bridge loans (that is, for loans that exceed the available revolving credit line). The one-month LIBOR rate was approximately 1.88% and 1.17% as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively. Borrowings are due on demand and totaled $210.0 million and $180.0 million at March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017, respectively. The amounts available under the respective borrowing facilities are determined at the end of each week following a specified borrowing base formula.  The Company is able to access additional credit as needed to finance operations, subject to the overall limits of the borrowing facilities and lender approval of the revised borrowing base calculation. Based on the latest approved borrowing bases in effect, the amounts available under the Trading Credit Facility after taking into account current borrowings, totaled $10.2 million and $45.6 million as determined on the Friday before March 31, 2018 and on Friday, June 30, 2017, respectively.

The Trading Credit Facility has certain restrictive financial covenants, including one requiring the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth. As of March 31, 2018 the minimum tangible net worth financial covenant under the Trading Credit Facility was $47.5 million. The Company is in compliance with all restrictive financial covenants as of March 31, 2018.

37

Interest expense related to the Company’s lines of credit totaled $2.1 million and $1.7 million, which represents 57.9% and 64.5% of the total interest expense recognized, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our lines of credit carried a daily weighted average effective interest rate of 3.97% and 3.22%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Interest expense related to the Company’s lines of credit totaled $5.8 million and $4.8 million, which represents 59.9% and 64.3% of the total interest expense recognized, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our lines of credit carried a daily weighted average effective interest rate of 3.85% and 3.08%, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Debt Obligation

On August 28, 2017, in connection with the closing of the Goldline acquisition (see Note 1), Goldline, then known as Goldline Acquisition Corp., entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “Goldline Credit Facility”) with various lenders (the "Goldline Lenders"). Borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable pursuant to the Goldline acquisition.

The Goldline Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Goldline , and is guaranteed by the Company. Interest on the Goldline Credit Facility is payable quarterly in arrears at the rate of 8.5% per annum, and the Goldline Lenders under the Goldline Credit Facility are entitled to an additional funding fee payment at maturity equal to the greater of 3.0% of the principal amount of the Goldline Credit Facility and 10.0% of cumulative EBITDA (for the periods ending June 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020) of Goldline in excess of $10.0 million, on a pro rata basis. The Goldline Credit Facility has a three-year maturity, and all outstanding principal and unpaid interest is due upon maturity (August 28, 2020).

As of March 31, 2018, the carrying balance of the Goldline Credit facility was $7.0 million, and the remaining unamortized loan cost balance was approximately $0.5 million, which is amortized ratably through the maturity date. As of March 31, 2018, the balance of the loan fee payable was $0.5 million, of which $0.3 million was estimated based on discounted cash flow model of Goldline's projected results.

Interest expense related to the Goldline Credit Facility (including debt loan amortization costs) totaled $226,000 which represents 6.2% of the total interest expense recognized, for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Goldline Credit Facility's weighted average effective interest rate was 9.19% for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Interest expense related to the Goldline Credit Facility (including debt loan amortization costs) totaled $505,000 which represents 5.2% of the total interest expense recognized, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018. The Goldline Credit Facility's weighted average effective interest rate was 9.30% for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

The obligations of Goldline and the Company under the Goldline Credit Facility are subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Trading Credit Facility (see Lines of Credit, above in Note 14). Under the subordination agreements, the Goldline Lenders are permitted to collect regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, provided that no event of default is continuing under the Trading Credit Facility and the Company is in pro-forma compliance with the financial covenants under the Trading Credit Facility.

38

Goldline Lenders

The following table shows the directors, executive officer and principal stockholder that participated in the Goldline Credit Facility transaction, and provides related information:

Goldline Lenders	Position/Relationship		Amount of Company Indebtedness Acquired (1)
Gregory N. Roberts	Chief Executive Officer, Director and principal stockholder	(2)	$	587,500	(2)
William D. Richardson	Principal stockholder	(3)	587,500		(3)
Jeffrey D. Benjamin	Chairman of the Board and Director		1,000,000
Ellis Landau	Director		375,000
William Montgomery	Director		1,500,000
Jess Ravich	Director		500,000		(4)
			4,550,000
7 other persons	Non-affiliated members		2,950,000
			$	7,500,000

_________________________________
(1)	The amount shown is expected to remain outstanding throughout the term of the Goldline Credit Facility, with repayment due in August 2020.
(2)	Silver Bow Ventures LLC (“Silver Bow”) is the Lender. Mr. Roberts holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(3)	Silver Bow is the Lender. Mr. Richardson holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(4)	Libra Securities Holdings, LLC is the Lender. Mr. Ravich and a trust for his family members holds 100% of the ownership interests and controls Libra Securities Holdings, LLC.

Liability on Borrowed Metals

The Company's inventories included borrowed precious metals with market values totaling $243.3 million and $5.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, with the corresponding liability on borrowed metals reflected on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Metals held as collateral on advanced pool metals

The Company borrows precious metals from its suppliers and customers under short-term agreements. Amounts under these arrangements require repayment either in a similar type of precious metals borrowed or cash. The Company has the ability to sell the precious metals borrowed during the time such obligation is outstanding as long as such precious metals are repurchased, if needed under the terms of the arrangement, to make repayment of the obligation in kind (i.e., deliver precious metals in exchange for the specified precious metal collateral held by the customer).

Liability on borrowed metals - Others

Liabilities also arise from: (1) unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, (2) amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, and (3) shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory.

Product Financing Arrangements

The Company has agreements with financial institutions (third parties) that allows the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with these third parties. Such agreements allow the Company to repurchase this inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. The third party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charges are classified in interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales, and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing obligation and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Such obligation totaled $97.4 million and $135.3 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

39

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report for information relating to minimum rental payments under operating and capital leases, consulting and employment contracts, and other commitments. Other than the following items, the Company is not aware of any material changes to commitments as summarized the 2017 Annual Report. In connection with the Goldline acquisition (see Note 1):

• the Company has guaranteed all of the obligations of Goldline under the Goldline Credit Facility (this guarantee is unconditional and constitutes a guarantee of payment and not merely of collection) (see Note 14);

• the Company leases approximately 19,700 square feet of office space in Los Angeles, California at a cost of $2.45 per square foot per month. The term of the lease is 7 years with annual base rent increases of 3%. The term of this lease expires on February 28, 2022 and the Company has the option to renew the lease term for an additional 5 years at the then current market rate. The lease requires the payment of related property taxes, insurance, maintenance and other cost related to the leased property;

• the Company provided the landlord of the office space in Los Angeles, California a standby letter of credit for $500,000 in value in lieu of of a security deposit. This letter of credit is renewed annually and reduces each lease anniversary date as provided in the lease agreement; and

• approximately 80 employees of Goldline were eligible to roll over funds from Goldline's 401(k) plan into A-Mark's 401(k) plan at the Closing Date. Goldline employees became eligible to make payroll contributions in A-Mark's 401(k) plan beginning on November 1, 2017. Employees' contributions are discretionary to a maximum of 90% of compensation. For all plan members, the Company contributes 30% of the eligible employees' contributions to the IRS maximum annual contribution.

16. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Payment of Dividends

    In fiscal 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company initiated a cash dividend policy that calls for the payment of quarterly dividends. The table below summarizes the eight most recent quarterly dividends declared pursuant to this policy:

Dividend Declaration Date	Record Date  (at close of Business)	Type of Dividend	Basis of Payment			Payment Date
April 29, 2016	May 13, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	May 27, 2016
September 7, 2016	September 19, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	October 7, 2016
November 1, 2016	November 14, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	December 1, 2016
January 26, 2017	February 8, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 24, 2017
May 2, 2017	May 15, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	May 25, 2017
August 30, 2017	September 18, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	September 27, 2017
November 13, 2017	November 24, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	December 13, 2017
January 30, 2018	February 13, 2018	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 27, 2018

40

2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan

Prior to the Distribution, the Company’s Board of Directors ("Board") adopted and the Company's then sole stockholder approved the 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, which was approved by the Company's stockholders in February 2015. On November 2, 2017, the Company's stockholders approved the amended and restated 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"), to (i) increase the available shares authorized for issuance under the plan by 525,000 shares, (ii) extend the term of the 2014 Plan until 2027, an additional five years, and (iii) eliminate provisions that add back to the share reserve shares surrendered or withheld to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to cover tax withholding obligations for any type of award, and shares as to which a stock appreciation right is exercised that exceed the number of shares actually delivered.

Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant options and other equity awards as a means of attracting and retaining officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants, to provide incentives to such persons, and to align the interests of such persons with the interests of stockholders by providing compensation based on the value of the Company's stock. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted in the form of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards (which may include outright grants of shares). The 2014 Plan also authorizes grants of performance-based cash incentive awards. The 2014 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which, in its discretion, may select officers and other employees, directors (including non-employee directors) and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries to receive grants of awards. The Board of Directors itself may perform any of the functions of the Compensation Committee under the 2014 Plan.

Under the 2014 Plan, the exercise price of options and base price of SARs, as set by the Compensation Committee, generally may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, and the maximum term of stock options and SARs is 10 years. The 2014 Plan limits the number of share-denominated awards that may be granted to any one eligible person to 250,000 shares in any fiscal year. Also, in the case of non-employee directors, the 2014 Plan limits the maximum grant-date fair value at $300,000 of stock-denominated awards granted to a director in a given fiscal year, except for a non-employee Chairman of the Board whose grant-date fair value maximum is $600,000 per fiscal year. The 2014 Plan will terminate when no shares remain available for issuance and no awards remain outstanding; however, the authority to grant new awards will terminate on December 13, 2022.

As of March 31, 2018, 577,112 shares were available for grant under the 2014 Plan.

Valuation and Significant Assumptions of Equity Awards Issued

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses various inputs such as the estimated common share price, the risk-free interest rate, volatility, expected life and dividend yield, all of which are estimates.

Stock Options

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred $282,105 and $254,747 of compensation expense related to stock options, respectively. During the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred $1,020,585 and $675,180 of compensation expense related to stock options, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, there was total remaining compensation expense of $1.4 million related to employee stock options, which will be recorded over a weighted average period of approximately 1.9 years.

41

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

	Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Award
Outstanding at June 30, 2017	741,327		$	17.89	$	1,514	$	6.19
Granted	116,605		$	17.23
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures	(4,917	)	$	19.21
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	853,015		$	17.80	$	612	$	6.04
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	419,014		$	14.70	$	612	$	6.06

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2018:

				Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Exercise Price Ranges				Number of Shares Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares Exercisable	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price
From		To
$	—	$	10.00	134,239	4.60	$	8.39	134,239	4.60	$	8.39
$	10.01	$	15.00	98,888	4.53	$	11.94	98,888	4.53	$	11.94
$	15.01	$	25.00	519,888	8.47	$	19.86	160,887	8.41	$	19.99
$	25.01	$	60.00	100,000	7.90	$	25.50	25,000	7.90	$	25.50
				853,015	7.34	$	17.80	419,014	6.24	$	14.70

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with its Board. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions provide for a Board with staggered terms, allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock, or impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.

42

17. CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATIONS

Customer Concentration

Customers providing 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 are presented on a comparative basis in the table below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	100.0	%	$	1,730,845	100.0	%	$	5,839,491	100.0	%	$	5,662,859	100.0	%
Customer concentrations
HSBC Bank USA	$	606,966	30.4	%	$	293,686	17.0	%	$	1,525,739	26.1	%	$	1,268,160	22.4	%
Mitsubishi Intl. Corp.	401,127		20.1		322,842		18.7		1,321,001		22.6		827,583		14.6
	$	1,008,093	50.5	%	$	616,528	35.7	%	$	2,846,740	48.7	%	$	2,095,743	37.0	%

The loss of any of the above listed customers could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company.

Supplier Concentration

The Company buys precious metals from a variety of sources, including through brokers and dealers, from sovereign and private mints, from refiners and directly from customers. The Company believes that no one or small group of suppliers is critical to its business, since other sources of supply are available that provide similar products on comparable terms.

18. SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting, each reporting period, including evaluating the organizational structure the reporting package reviewed by the Chief Operation Decision Maker (“CODM”). The Company has concluded the Chief Executive Officer and the President collectively act as the CODM. The Company's operations are organized under two business segments — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services and Direct Sales.

Our Direct Sales segment was created on August 28, 2017 as a result of our recent acquisition (see Note 1), and thus comparative prior period data is not available ("N/A").

Revenue

in thousands
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Revenue by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	1,977,273		$	1,730,845	$	5,782,135		$	5,662,859
Direct Sales	17,690		(1)	N/A		57,356		(2)	N/A
Total revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491		$	5,662,859
_________________________________
(1) Includes $4.3 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(2) Includes $21.9 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.

43

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Revenue by geographic region (as determined by the shipping address or where the services were performed):
United States	$	1,851,752	$	1,579,302	$	5,483,566	$	5,298,549
Europe	77,580		100,731		204,960		204,316
North America, excluding United States	64,463		49,154		146,237		149,204
Asia Pacific	684		596		2,410		7,170
Africa	—		—		1		—
Australia	484		1,062		2,317		3,620
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491	$	5,662,859

Gross Profit and Gross Margin Percentage

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Gross profit by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	6,748		$	7,332		$	19,561		$	25,255
Direct Sales	679			N/A			4,088			N/A
Total gross profit	$	7,427		$	7,332		$	23,649		$	25,255
Gross margin percentage by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	0.341		%	0.424		%	0.338		%	0.446		%
Direct Sales	3.838		%	N/A			7.127		%	N/A
Weighted average gross margin percentage	0.372		%	0.424		%	0.405		%	0.446		%

Operating Expenses and Income

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Operating income and expenses by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services
General and administrative expenses	$	(5,787	)	$	(5,989	)	$	(17,304	)	$	(17,784	)
Interest income	$	4,087		$	3,283		$	10,516		$	9,101
Interest expense	$	(3,416	)	$	(2,700	)	$	(9,229	)	$	(7,388	)
Other income, net	$	67		$	212		$	817		$	282
Direct Sales
General and administrative expenses	$	(3,636	)	N/A			$	(8,444	)	N/A
Interest expense	$	(226	)	N/A			$	(505	)	N/A

44

Depreciation and Amortization

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Depreciation and amortization by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(386	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,170	)	$	(1,120	)
Direct Sales	(296		)	N/A			(824		)	N/A
Total depreciation and amortization	$	(682	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,994	)	$	(1,120	)

Advertising expense

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Advertising expense by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(165	)	$	(176	)	$	(467	)	$	(542	)
Direct Sales	(796		)	N/A			(2,070		)	N/A
Total advertising expense	$	(961	)	$	(176	)	$	(2,537	)	$	(542	)

Inventory

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	490,789	$	284,659
Direct Sales	8,628		N/A
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by geographic region
United States	$	493,720	$	276,809
Europe	2,100		3,154
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	687,458	$	478,500
Direct Sales	19,360		N/A
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

45

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by geographic region
United States	$	696,161	$	469,114
Europe	7,060		4,690
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

Long-term Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	31,499	$	31,479
Direct Sales	7,543		N/A
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by geographic region
United States	$	38,987	$	31,423
Europe	55		56
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

Capital Expenditures for Property and Equipment

in thousands
	Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Capital expenditures on property and equipment by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	673	$	1,932
Direct Sales	148		N/A
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment	$	821	$	1,932

Goodwill

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Goodwill by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	8,881	$	8,881
Direct Sales	1,450		N/A
Total goodwill	$	10,331	$	8,881

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Stock Repurchase Plan

On April 26, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program for up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s stock.  The actual number of shares repurchased and the timing of repurchases will be determined by the Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including stock price, trading volume, general market conditions, working capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program has no time limit and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time.

46

Suspension of Dividend for Quarter Ended March 31, 2018

The Company's Board of Directors recently determined to suspend the Company's quarterly dividend for the third fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 in order to increase its financial flexibility and strengthen its balance sheet. The Board of Directors will re-assess its capital resources for the fourth fiscal quarter and may or may not determine to reinstate the dividend based on that assessment.

47

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q ("Form 10-Q") contains statements that are considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give the Company's current expectations and forecasts of future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this Quarterly Report, including statements regarding the Company's future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the Company's current plans, and the Company's actual future activities and results of operations may be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this Quarterly Report may turn out to be inaccurate. The Company has based these forward-looking statements largely on its current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that it believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. The forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events occurring after the date hereof. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this Form 10-Q.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-Q. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this Quarterly Report, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

INTRODUCTION

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes to help provide an understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Our discussion is organized as follows:

• Executive overview. This section provides a general description of our business, as well as significant transactions and events that we believe are important in understanding the results of operations.

• Results of operations.This section provides an analysis of our results of operations presented in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income by comparing the results for the respective years. Included in our analysis is a discussion of five performance metrics: (i) ounces of gold sold, (ii) ounces of silver sold, (iii) Wholesale trading ticket volume, (iv) Direct Sales ticket volume, (v) inventory turnover ratio and (vi) number of secured loans at period-end.

• Financial condition and liquidity and capital resources. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows, as well as a discussion of our outstanding debt as of March 31, 2018. Included in the discussion of outstanding debt is a discussion of the amount of financial capacity available to fund our future commitments, as well as a discussion of other financing arrangements.

• Critical accounting estimates. This section discusses those accounting policies that both are considered important to our financial condition and results, and require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. In addition, all of our policies, including critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 2 to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

• Recent accounting pronouncements. This section discusses new accounting pronouncements, dates of implementation and impact on our accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

48

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Our Business

We conduct our operations in two reportable segments: (1) Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services, and (2) Direct Sales.

Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services Segment

The Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment operates as a full-service precious metals trading company. We offer gold, silver, platinum and palladium in the form of bars, plates, powder, wafers, grain, ingots and coins. Our Industrial unit services manufacturers and fabricators of products utilizing or incorporating precious metals. Our Coin and Bar unit deals in over 200 coin and bar products in a variety of weights, shapes and sizes for distribution to dealers and other qualified purchasers. We have trading centers in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria for buying and selling precious metals, which are open 24 hours each trading day, even when many major world commodity markets are closed. In addition to wholesale trading activity, A-Mark offers its customers a variety of services, including financing, storage, consignment, logistics and various customized financial programs. As a U.S. Mint-authorized purchaser of gold, silver and platinum coins, A-Mark purchases product directly from the U.S. Mint and other sovereign mints for sale to its customers.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Collateral Finance Corporation, referred to as CFC, a licensed California Finance Lender, we offer loans collateralized by bullion and numismatic material to coin and precious metal dealers, investors and collectors. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Transcontinental Depository Services, referred to as TDS, we offer a variety of managed storage options for precious metals products to financial institutions, dealers, investors and collectors around the world. Our financing business generates interest income that is not classified as revenues. If interest income generated by the financing business were classified as revenues, it would represent less than 1% of our total revenues for each of the periods presented. Our storage business generated less than 1% of total revenues for each of the periods presented.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, A-M Global Logistics, LLC, referred to as Logistics, commenced operations as a logistics fulfillment center in July 2015. Logistics, based in Las Vegas, Nevada, provides our customers an array of complementary services, including receiving, handling, inventorying, processing, packing, and shipping of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis. Our logistics business generated less than 1% of the total revenues for each of the periods presented.

In August 2016, the Company formed AMST, a joint venture with SilverTowne, L.P., referred to as SilverTowne, an Indiana-based producer of minted silver. The Company and SilverTowne, L.P. own 55% and 45%, respectively, of AMST. AMST acquired the entire minting operations (referred to as SilverTowne Mint) of SilverTowne, L.P., with the goal of providing greater product selection to our customers and greater pricing stability within the supply chain, as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments, which have historically resulted in higher demand for precious metals products.

Direct Sales Segment

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Goldline, Inc. ("Goldline"), is a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community. Goldline markets its precious metal products primarily on radio, internet and television. Goldline sells gold and silver bullion in the form of coins, and bars, as well as numismatic coins. We entered into the Direct Sales segment through our acquisition of substantially all of the net assets of Goldline, LLC ("Goldline, LLC" or the "Seller"), effective August 28, 2017. (See Note 1.)

Goldline, LLC has been a leading direct retailer of precious metals to the metals community and has experienced a history of profitability that goes back 20 years. Its direct-to-customer model places a strong emphasis on providing exemplary customer service, allowing that company the ability to achieve higher margins and a broader array of service options than many of its competitors.

In recent years, Goldline, LLC’s revenues and gross profits declined, and the Seller experienced losses after December 31, 2016. The Company believes that this decline in performance was attributable to a number of factors, including the entrance of new competition (e.g., internet retailers), shifting behaviors of its key customer base in light of the change in political environment, and capital resource limitations. As a result, during the eight months prior to the acquisition by the Company, the Seller scaled back its business significantly, including by effecting a reduction in workforce.

The decline in performance and other conditions allowed A-Mark the opportunity to acquire the net assets of Goldline, LLC at a favorable price as compared to the assets reflected on the balance sheet of the Seller at December 31, 2016.

Going forward, the Company intends to leverage Goldline’s depth of experience in the industry, and to vertically integrate its wholesale operations with Goldline’s retail business. Among the synergies the Company expects to realize include the integration and cross-selling of our financing, fulfillment and storage operations between the two segments.

49

Our Strategy

The Company has grown from a small numismatics firm in 1965 to a significant participant in the bullion and coin markets, with approximately $7.0 billion and $6.8 billion in revenues for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our strategy continues to focus on growth, including the volume of our business, our geographic presence, particularly in Europe, and the scope of complementary products, services and technological tools that we offer to our customers. We intend to promote our growth by leveraging off of the strengths of our existing integrated operations: the depth of our customer relations; our access to market makers, suppliers and government mints and other mints; our trading offices in the U.S. and Europe, which are open 24 hours a day 5 days a week; our expansive precious metals dealer network; our depository relationships around the world; our knowledge of secured lending; our logistics capabilities; our trading expertise; and the quality and experience of our management team.

Our Customers

Our customers include financial institutions, bullion retailers, industrial manufacturers and fabricators, sovereign mints, refiners, coin and metal dealers, investors and collectors. The Company makes a two way market, which results in many customers also operating as our suppliers.  This diverse base of customers purchases a variety of products from the Company in a multitude of grades, primarily in the form of coins and bars.

Factors Affecting Revenues, Gross Profits, Interest Income and Interest Expense

Revenues. The Company enters into transactions to sell and deliver gold, silver, platinum and palladium to industrial and commercial users, coin and bullion dealers, mints, and financial institutions. The metals are investment or industrial grade and are sold in a variety of shapes and sizes.

The Company also sells precious metals on forward contracts at a fixed price based on current prevailing precious metal spot prices with a certain delivery date in the future (up to six months from date of the forward contract.) Typically, these forward contracts are net settled against our other forward positions or are settled in cash, whereby no physical product is delivered. Sales on forward contracts can be a substantial portion of revenues in any given period. We enter into these forward contacts as part of our hedging strategy to mitigate our price risk of holding inventory; they are not entered into for speculative purposes.

In addition, the Company earns revenue by providing storage solutions for precious metals and numismatic coins for financial institutions, dealers, investors and collectors worldwide and by providing storage and order-fulfillment services to our retail customers. These revenue streams are complementary to our trading activity, and represents less than 1% of our revenues.

The Company operates in a high volume/low margin industry.  Revenues are impacted by three primary factors: product volume, market prices and market volatility. A material change in any one or more of these factors may result in a significant change in the Company’s revenues. A significant increase or decrease in revenues can occur simply based on changes in the underlying commodity prices and may not be reflective of an increase or decrease in the volume of products sold. 

Gross Profits.Gross profit is the difference between our revenues and the cost of our products. Since we quote prices based on the current commodity market prices for precious metals, we enter into a combination of forward and futures contracts to effect a hedge position equal to the underlying precious metal commodity value, which substantially represents inventory subject to price risk.  We enter into these derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory, and not for speculative purposes. Our gross profit includes the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments. However, the gains and losses on the derivative instruments are substantially offset by the gains and losses on the corresponding changes in the market value of our precious metals inventory. As a result, our results of operations generally are not materially impacted solely by changes in commodity prices.

Volatility also affects our gross profits. Greater volatility typically causes the trading spreads to widen resulting in an increase in the gross profit. Product supply constraints during extended periods of higher volatility has historically resulted in a heightening of wider trading spreads resulting in further improvement in the gross profit.

Interest Income. The Company enters into secured loans and secured financing structures with its customers under which it charges interest. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, CFC, the Company also enters into loans secured by precious metals and numismatic material owned by the borrowers and held by the Company for the term of the loan. The Company offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their precious metals purchases including consignments and other structured inventory finance products whereby the Company earns a fee based on the underlying value of the precious metal.

Interest Expense. The Company incurs interest expense as a result of usage under its lines of credit and related-party debt. The Company also incurs interest expense as a result of its product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at a fixed price with a third-party finance company, and may incur interest expense when we borrow precious metals from our suppliers under short-term arrangements, which can bear interest at a designated rate.

50

Performance Metrics

In addition to financial statement indicators, management also utilizes certain key operational metrics to assess the performance of our business.

We look at the number of ounces of gold and silver sold and delivered to our customers (excluding ounces recorded on forward contracts). These metrics reflect our business volume without regard to changes in commodity pricing, which also impacts revenue and can mask actual business trends.

Another measure of our business volume, unaffected by changes in commodity pricing, is Wholesale Trading & Ancillary segment ticket volume and Direct Sales segment ticket volume, which is the total number orders processed by our trading desks in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria. In periods of higher volatility, there is generally increased trading in the commodity markets, and increased demand for our products, which translates into higher business volume. Generally, the ounces sold on a per-trading-ticket basis is substantially higher for orders placed telephonically compared to those placed on our online portal platform.

Inventory turnover is another performance measure on which we are focused. We define inventory turnover as the cost of sales during the relevant period divided by the average inventory during the period. Inventory turnover is a measure of how quickly inventory has moved during the period. A higher inventory turnover ratio, which we typically experience during periods of higher volatility when trading is more robust, reflects a more efficient use of our capital.     

Finally, as a measure of the size of our lending business, we look at the number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the fiscal quarter.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year end is June 30 each year. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years rather than to calendar years.

51

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations

The operating results of our business for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

in thousands, except per share data and performance metrics
Three Months Ended March 31,		2018					2017					$			%
		$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues		$	1,994,963		100.000	%	$	1,730,845		100.000	%	$	264,118		15.3	%
Gross profit		7,427			0.372	%	7,332			0.424	%	$	95		1.3	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		(9,423		)	(0.472	)%	(5,989		)	(0.346	)%	$	3,434		57.3	%
Interest income		4,087			0.205	%	3,283			0.190	%	$	804		24.5	%
Interest expense		(3,642		)	(0.183	)%	(2,700		)	(0.156	)%	$	942		34.9	%
Other income		99			0.005	%	191			0.011	%	$	(92	)	(48.2	)%
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign exchange		(32		)	(0.002	)%	21			0.001	%	$	(53	)	NM
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes		(1,484		)	(0.074	)%	2,138			0.124	%	$	(3,622	)	(169.4	)%
Provision for income taxes		807			0.041	%	(833		)	(0.048	)%	$	(1,640	)	(196.9	)%
Net (loss) income		(677		)	(0.034	)%	1,305			0.075	%	$	(1,982	)	(151.9	)%
Add:	Net (loss) gain attributable to non-controlling interest	(44		)	(0.002	)%	139			—	%	$	95		NM
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company		$	(633	)	(0.032	)%	$	1,166		0.067	%	$	(1,799	)	(154.3	)%
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
Per Share Data:
Basic		$	(0.09	)			$	0.17				$	(0.26	)	(152.9	)%
Diluted		$	(0.09	)			$	0.16				$	(0.25	)	(156.3	)%
Performance Metrics:(1)
Gold ounces sold(2)		618,000					579,000					39,000			6.7	%
Silver ounces sold(3)		11,365,000					20,886,000					(9,521,000		)	(45.6	)%
Inventory turnover ratio(4)		4.8					5.4					(0.6		)	(11.1	)%
Number of secured loans at period end(5)		3,124					2,138					986			46.1	%

_________________________________
NM	Not meaningful.
(1)	See "Results of Segments" for ticket count volume by segment.
(2)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the three-month period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
(3)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the three-month period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
(4)	Inventory turnover ratio is the cost of sales divided by average inventory.
(5)	Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.

52

Overview of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations

The operating results of our business for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

in thousands, except per share data and performance metrics
Nine Months Ended March 31,		2018					2017					$			%
		$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues		$	5,839,491		100.000	%	$	5,662,859		100.000	%	$	176,632		3.1	%
Gross profit		23,649			0.405	%	25,255			0.446	%	$	(1,606	)	(6.4	)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		(25,748		)	(0.441	)%	(17,784		)	(0.314	)%	$	7,964		44.8	%
Interest income		10,516			0.180	%	9,101			0.161	%	$	1,415		15.5	%
Interest expense		(9,734		)	(0.167	)%	(7,388		)	(0.131	)%	$	2,346		31.8	%
Other income (expense)		811			0.014	%	270			0.005	%	$	541		200.4	%
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange		6			—	%	12			—	%	$	(6	)	NM
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes		(500		)	(0.009	)%	9,466			0.167	%	$	(9,966	)	(105.3	)%
Provision for income taxes		209			0.004	%	(3,482		)	(0.062	)%	$	(3,691	)	(106.0	)%
Net (loss) income		(291		)	(0.005	)%	5,984			0.106	%	$	(6,275	)	(104.9	)%
Add:	Net gain attributable to non-controlling interest	69			0.001	%	118			0.002	%	$	(49	)	NM
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company		$	(360	)	(0.006	)%	$	5,866		0.104	%	$	(6,226	)	(106.1	)%
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
Per Share Data:
Basic		$	(0.05	)			$	0.83				$	(0.88	)	(106.0	)%
Diluted		$	(0.05	)			$	0.82				$	(0.87	)	(106.1	)%
Performance Metrics:(1)
Gold ounces sold(2)		1,326,000					1,881,000					(555,000		)	(29.5	)%
Silver ounces sold(3)		37,860,000					65,477,000					(27,617,000		)	(42.2	)%
Inventory turnover ratio(4)		14.8					19.1					(4.3		)	(22.5	)%
Number of secured loans at period end(5)		3,124					2,138					986			46.1	%

_________________________________
NM	Not meaningful.
(1)	See "Results of Segments" for ticket count volume by segment.
(2)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the nine-month period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
(3)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the nine-month period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
(4)	Inventory turnover ratio is the cost of sales divided by average inventory.
(5)	Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.

53

Revenues

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	1,994,963	100.000	%	$	1,730,845	100.000	%	$	264,118		15.3	%
Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold	618,000				579,000				39,000			6.7	%
Silver ounces sold	11,365,000				20,886,000				(9,521,000		)	(45.6	)%

Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$264.1 million, or 15.3%, to $1.995 billion from $1.731 billion in 2017. Our revenues increased primarily due to an increase in gold ounces sold, gold prices and higher forward sales, offset by lower silver ounces sold and lower silver prices.

Gold ounces sold for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased39,000 ounces, or 6.7%, to 618,000 ounces from 579,000 ounces in 2017. Silver ounces sold for the three months ended March 31, 2018decreased9,521,000 ounces, or 45.6%, to 11,365,000 ounces from 20,886,000 ounces in 2017. On average, the prices for gold increased by 7.0% and prices for silver decreased by 2.8% during the three months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to 2017.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	5,839,491	100.000	%	$	5,662,859	100.000	%	$	176,632		3.1	%
Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold	1,326,000				1,881,000				(555,000		)	(29.5	)%
Silver ounces sold	37,860,000				65,477,000				(27,617,000		)	(42.2	)%

Revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$176.6 million, or 3.1%, to $5.839 billion from $5.663 billion in 2017. Our revenues increased primarily due to an increase in forward sales and higher gold prices, offset by decrease in the total amount of gold and silver ounces sold.

Gold ounces sold for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased555,000 ounces, or 29.5%, to 1,326,000 ounces from 1,881,000 ounces in 2017. Silver ounces sold for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased27,617,000 ounces, or 42.2%, to 37,860,000 ounces from 65,477,000 ounces in 2017. On average, the prices for gold increased by 3.1% and prices for silver decreased by 6.0% during the nine months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to 2017.

Gross Profit

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Gross profit	$	7,427	0.372	%	$	7,332	0.424	%	$	95		1.3	%
Performance Metric
Inventory turnover ratio	4.8				5.4				(0.6		)	(11.1	)%

Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased by $0.1 million, or 1.3%, to $7.4 million from $7.3 million in 2017. The small increase in gross profit was primarily related to gross profit from our recently acquired Direct Sales segment (i.e., Goldline) and increased trading profits offset by lower silver volume and margin compression resulting from continued subdued market conditions.

The Company’s gross margin percentage decreased by 12.3% to 0.372% from 0.424% in 2017. The Company’s gross margin percentage decrease was primarily due to subdued market conditions and higher forward contracts sales, which increase revenues but are associated with negligible gross margin percentages (i.e., near zero) that lowers the overall percentage, offset by gross margin percentage of the recently acquired Direct Sales segment (i.e., Goldline) that earns higher gross margin percentages

54

than does the Wholesale Trading segment. The Company enters into forward contracts to hedge its precious metals price risk exposure and not for speculative purposes.

Our inventory turnover rate for the three months ended March 31, 2018decreased by 11.1%, to 4.8 from 5.4 in 2017. The decrease in our inventory turnover rate was primarily due to low market volatility and a higher volume of activity in our product financing arrangements with customers. Under this type of arrangement, the Company carries inventory on its balance sheet for longer periods than inventory currently available for sale.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Gross profit	$	23,649	0.405	%	$	25,255	0.446	%	$	(1,606	)	(6.4	)%
Performance Metric
Inventory turnover ratio	14.8				19.1				(4.3		)	(22.5	)%

Gross profit for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased by $1.6 million, or 6.4%, to $23.6 million from $25.3 million in 2017. Overall gross profit decreased due to subdued market conditions (e.g., lower gold and silver sales volume and margins) compared to the prior fiscal year, offset by gross profit of the newly acquired Direct Sales segment (i.e., Goldline).

The Company’s gross margin percentage decreased by 9.2% to 0.405% from 0.446% in 2017. The drop in gross margin percentage was largely attributable to lower margins resulting from subdued market conditions, higher forward contracts, which increase revenues but are associated with negligible gross margin percentages (i.e., near zero) that lowers the overall percentage, offset by gross margin percentage of the newly acquired Direct Sales segment (i.e., Goldline) that earns higher gross margin percentages than does the Wholesale Trading segment. The Company enters into forward contracts to hedge its precious metals price risk exposure and not for speculative purposes.

Our inventory turnover rate for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased by 22.5%, to 14.8 from 19.1 in 2017. The decrease in our inventory turnover rate was primarily due to low market volatility and a higher volume of activity in our product financing arrangements with customers. Under this type of arrangement, the Company carries inventory on its balance sheet for longer periods than inventory currently available for sale.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	(9,423	)	(0.472	)%	$	(5,989	)	(0.346	)%	$	3,434	57.3	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$3.4 million, or 57.3%, to $9.4 million from $6.0 million in 2017. The change was primarily due to new selling, general and administrative expense related to our newly acquired Direct Sales segment (Goldline) of $3.6 million (which included $0.6 million of severance expense), partially offset by a $0.1 million reduction to incentive compensation expense.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	(25,748	)	(0.441	)%	$	(17,784	)	(0.314	)%	$	7,964	44.8	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$8.0 million, or 44.8%, to $25.7 million from $17.8 million in 2017. The change was primarily due to new selling, general and administrative expense related to our newly acquired Direct Sales segment (Goldine) of $8.4 million (which included $0.6 million of severance expense), $0.3 million of stock compensation expense, a $0.5 million non-recurring legal expense, $0.3 million of professional consulting fees, partially offset by a $1.5 million reduction to incentive compensation expense.

55

Interest Income

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$		%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest income	$	4,087	0.205	%	$	3,283	0.190	%	$	804	24.5	%
Performance Metric
Number of secured loans at period-end	3,124				2,138				986		46.1	%

Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$0.8 million, or 24.5%, to $4.1 million from $3.3 million in 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in interest rates and the aggregate value of the secured loan portfolio. The number of secured loans outstanding increased by 46.1% to 3,124 from 2,138 in 2017. Interest income from our secured loan portfolio increased by $0.6 million or by 29.0% in comparison to the same year-ago period.

The aggregate increase in interest income was due to an increase in finance product income. Interest income from our repurchase arrangements with customers increased by $0.3 million or by 20.3% in comparison to the same year-ago period. The increase was primarily due to product financing arrangement provided to a related party.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$		%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest income	$	10,516	0.180	%	$	9,101	0.161	%	$	1,415	15.5	%
Performance Metric
Number of secured loans at period-end	3,124				2,138				986		46.1	%

Interest income for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$1.4 million, or 15.5%, to $10.5 million from $9.1 million in 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in interest rates and the aggregate value of the secured loan portfolio. The number of secured loans outstanding increased by 46.1% to 3,124 from 2,138 in 2017. Interest income from our secured loan portfolio increased by $1.4 million or by 24.6% in comparison to the same year-ago period.

The aggregate increase in interest income also increased due to other finance product income. Our finance fees earned related to repurchase arrangements with customers increased by 4.3% or by $0.1 million in comparison to the same year-ago period.

Interest Expense

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest expense	$	(3,642	)	(0.183	)%	$	(2,700	)	(0.156	)%	$	942	34.9	%

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$0.9 million, or 34.9% to $3.6 million from $2.7 million in 2017. The increase was related primarily to a greater usage of our lines of credit, a new debt financing agreement associated with our acquisition of Goldline, amortization costs related to loan fees for third party financing arrangements, and higher LIBOR interest rates that went in to effect subsequent to the Federal Reserve rate increases. As compared to the same year-ago period, interest expense increased by (i) $0.5 million, or 27.1%, related to our Trading Credit Facility (including debt amortization costs), (ii) $0.2 million, or 60.7%, related to third-party loan processing fees for acquired secured loans, and (iii) $0.2 million related to our Goldline Credit Facility.

56

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest expense	$	(9,734	)	(0.167	)%	$	(7,388	)	(0.131	)%	$	2,346	31.8	%

Interest expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$2.3 million, or 31.8% to $9.7 million from $7.4 million in 2017. The increase was related primarily to a greater usage of our lines of credit, new related-party debt financing agreement associated with our acquisition of Goldline, higher average inventory levels primarily related to product financing arrangements, amortization costs related to loan fees related to third party financing fee arrangements, and higher LIBOR interest rates that went in to effect subsequent to the Federal Reserve rate increases. As compared to the same year-ago period, interest expense increased by (i) $1.4 million, or 25.4%, related to our Trading Credit Facility (including debt amortization costs), (ii) $0.5 million related to the Goldline Credit Facility, and (iii) $0.3 million, or 32.5%, related to third-party loan processing fees for acquired secured loans.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our effective rate could be affected by the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company is also subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate. The Company's effective rate can also be influenced by the tax effects of purchase accounting for acquisitions and non-recurring charges, which may cause fluctuations between reporting periods.

The Company’s tax provision for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 includes the impact of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Reform”), which was signed into law on December 22, 2017. Among numerous provisions included in the new law was the reduction of the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% and the changes in carry-back and the carryforward rules that apply to net operating losses, both of which impacted the Company.

As to the final effective date for taxable years when a NOL is no longer able to be carried back and must be carried forward, the final language of this provision did not follow the Conference Agreement. Therefore, the Company believes this language is a drafting error and is actively pursuing technical corrections on this matter. If the effective date is subsequently changed to be consistent with the Conference Agreement, the Company could be entitled to a subsequent tax benefit.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017					$			%
in thousands	$		% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Provision for income taxes	$	807	0.041	%	$	(833	)	(0.048	)%	$	(1,640	)	(196.9	)%

Our provision for income taxes was $0.8 million (tax benefit) and $(0.8) million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately 54.4% (tax benefit) and (39.0)% for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The higher effective tax rate was primarily driven by an estimated reduction in the net deferred tax assets, which will be realized at the lower Federal statutory tax rate pursuant to the Tax Reform legislation.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017					$			%
in thousands	$		% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Provision for income taxes	$	209	0.004	%	$	(3,482	)	(0.062	)%	$	(3,691	)	(106.0	)%

Our provision for income taxes was $0.2 million (tax benefit) and $3.5 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately 41.8% (tax benefit) and (36.8)% for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The higher effective tax rate was primarily driven by an estimated reduction in net deferred tax assets, which will be realized at the lower Federal statutory tax rate pursuant to the Tax Reform legislation.

57

Segment Results of Operations

Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services Segment Results of Operations

Overview of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

The operating results of our Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

in thousands, except per share data and performance metrics
Three Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$			%
	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	1,977,273		100.000	%	$	1,730,845		100.000	%	$	246,428		14.2	%
Gross profit	6,748			0.341	%	7,332			0.424	%	$	(584	)	(8.0	)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(5,787		)	(0.293	)%	(5,989		)	(0.346	)%	$	(202	)	(3.4	)%
Interest income	4,087			0.207	%	3,283			0.190	%	$	804		24.5	%
Interest expense	(3,416		)	(0.173	)%	(2,700		)	(0.156	)%	$	716		26.5	%
Other income	99			0.005	%	191			0.011	%	$	(92	)	(48.2	)%
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign exchange	(32		)	(0.002	)%	21			0.001	%	$	(53	)	NM
Net income before provision for income taxes	$	1,699		0.086	%	$	2,138		0.124	%	$	(439	)	(20.5	)%
Performance Metrics:
Gold ounces sold(1)	614,000					579,000					35,000			6.0	%
Silver ounces sold(2)	11,227,000					20,886,000					(9,659,000		)	(46.2	)%
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment ticket volume(3)	28,869					27,580					1,289			4.7	%
Number of secured loans at period end(4)	3,124					2,138					986			46.1	%

_________________________________
NM	Not meaningful.
(1)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
(2)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
(3)	Trading ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed by our trading desks in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria, for the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(4)	Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.

58

Overview of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

The operating results of our Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

in thousands, except performance metrics
Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$			%
	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	5,782,135		100.000	%	$	5,662,859		100.000	%	$	119,276		2.1	%
Gross profit	19,561			0.338	%	25,255			0.446	%	$	(5,694	)	(22.5	)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(17,304		)	(0.299	)%	(17,784		)	(0.314	)%	$	(480	)	(2.7	)%
Interest income	10,516			0.182	%	9,101			0.161	%	$	1,415		15.5	%
Interest expense	(9,229		)	(0.160	)%	(7,388		)	(0.131	)%	$	1,841		24.9	%
Other income	811			0.014	%	270			0.005	%	$	541		200.4	%
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange	6			—	%	12			—	%	$	(6	)	NM
Net income before provision for income taxes	$	4,361		0.075	%	$	9,466		0.167	%	$	(5,105	)	(53.9	)%
Performance Metrics:
Gold ounces sold(1)	1,313,000					1,881,000					(568,000		)	(30.2	)%
Silver ounces sold(2)	37,570,000					65,477,000					(27,907,000		)	(42.6	)%
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment ticket volume(3)	89,016					84,809					4,207			5.0	%
Number of secured loans at period end(4)	3,124					2,138					986			46.1	%

_________________________________
NM	Not meaningful.
(1)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
(2)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
(3)	Trading ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed by our trading desks in El Segundo, California and Vienna, Austria, for the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(4)	Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.

59

Revenues — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	1,977,273	100.000	%	$	1,730,845	100.000	%	$	246,428		14.2	%
Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold	614,000				579,000				35,000			6.0	%
Silver ounces sold	11,227,000				20,886,000				(9,659,000		)	(46.2	)%

Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$246.4 million, or 14.2%, to $1.977 billion from $1.731 billion in 2017. Our revenues increased primarily due to an increase in the gold ounces sold, gold prices and higher forward sales, offset by lower silver ounces sold and lower silver prices.

Gold ounces sold for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased35,000 ounces, or 6.0%, to 614,000 ounces from 579,000 ounces in 2017. Silver ounces sold for the three months ended March 31, 2018decreased9,659,000 ounces, or 46.2%, to 11,227,000 ounces from 20,886,000 ounces in 2017. On average, the prices for gold increased by 6.9% and prices for silver decreased by 3.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to 2017.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Revenues	$	5,782,135	100.000	%	$	5,662,859	100.000	%	$	119,276		2.1	%
Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold	1,313,000				1,881,000				(568,000		)	(30.2	)%
Silver ounces sold	37,570,000				65,477,000				(27,907,000		)	(42.6	)%

Revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$119.3 million, or 2.1%, to $5.782 billion from $5.663 billion in 2017. Our revenues increased primarily due to higher gold prices and higher forward sales, offset a decrease in the total amount of gold and silver ounces sold.

Gold ounces sold for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased568,000 ounces, or 30.2%, to 1,313,000 ounces from 1,881,000 ounces in 2017. Silver ounces sold for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased27,907,000 ounces, or 42.6%, to 37,570,000 ounces from 65,477,000 ounces in 2017. On average, the prices for gold increased by 2.8% and prices for silver decreased by 6.3% during the nine months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to 2017.

Gross Profit — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Gross profit	$	6,748	0.341	%	$	7,332	0.424	%	$	(584	)	(8.0	)%
Performance Metric
Wholesale trading ticket volume	28,869				27,580				1,289			4.7	%

Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2018decreased by $0.6 million, or 8.0%, to $6.7 million from $7.3 million in 2017. Overall gross profit decrease was due to subdued market conditions (e.g., lower gold and silver sales volume and margins) compared to the prior year quarter, offset by increased trading profits.

The Company’s profit margin percentage decreased by 19.5% to 0.341% from 0.424% in 2017. The Company’s profit margin percentage decrease was primarily due to subdued market conditions and an increase in forward sales contracts, which increase revenues but are associated with negligible gross margin percentages (i.e., near zero) that lowers the overall percentage. The Company enters into forward contracts to hedge its precious metals price risk exposure and not for speculative purposes.

60

The wholesale trading ticket volume for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased by 1,289 tickets, or 4.7%, to 28,869 tickets from 27,580 tickets in 2017. The increase reflects the continued customer acceptance of our online trading portal platform.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$			%
in thousands, except performance metric	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Gross profit	$	19,561	0.338	%	$	25,255	0.446	%	$	(5,694	)	(22.5	)%
Performance Metric
Wholesale trading ticket volume	89,016				84,809				4,207			5.0	%

Gross profit for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased by $5.7 million, or 22.5%, to $19.6 million from $25.3 million in 2017. Overall gross profit decreased due to subdued market conditions (e.g., lower gold and silver sales volume and margins) compared to the prior fiscal year.

The Company’s profit margin percentage decreased by 24.1% to 0.338% from 0.446% in 2017 and was largely attributable lower margins resulting from subdued market conditions and higher forward contracts, which increase revenues but have negligible impact on the gross margin. The Company enters into forward contracts to hedge its precious metals price risk exposure and not for speculative purposes.

The wholesale trading ticket volume for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased by 4,207 tickets, or 5.0%, to 89,016 tickets from 84,809 tickets in 2017. The increase in our trading ticket volume was primarily the result of an increase in customer usage of our online portal. Generally, the quantity-size (i.e., ounces) of customer orders placed through the portal is less than the quantity size of orders processed through our trading desk.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$			%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	(5,787	)	(0.293	)%	$	(5,989	)	(0.346	)%	$	(202	)	(3.4	)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2018decreased$0.2 million, or 3.4%, to $5.8 million from $6.0 million in 2017. The change was primarily due to a $0.1 million reduction to incentive compensation expense and other expense reductions.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$			%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)			Increase/(decrease)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	(17,304	)	(0.299	)%	$	(17,784	)	(0.314	)%	$	(480	)	(2.7	)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended March 31, 2018decreased$0.5 million, or 2.7%, to $17.3 million from $17.8 million in 2017. The change was primarily due to a $1.5 million reduction to incentive compensation expense, partially offset by increases in stock compensation expense of $0.3 million, professional consulting fees of $0.3 million , and in non-recurring legal expense of $0.5 million.

61

Interest Income — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$		%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest income	$	4,087	0.207	%	$	3,283	0.190	%	$	804	24.5	%
Performance Metric
Number of secured loans at period-end	3,124				2,138				986		46.1	%

Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$0.8 million, or 24.5%, to $4.1 million from $3.3 million in 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in interest rates and the aggregate value of the secured loan portfolio. The number of secured loans outstanding increased by 46.1% to 3,124 from 2,138 in 2017, which is indicative of the increased demand for this financing product. Interest income from our secured loan portfolio increased by $0.6 million or by 29.0% in comparison to the same year-ago period.

The aggregate increase in interest income also increased due to finance product income. Interest income from our repurchase arrangements with customers increased by $0.3 million or by 20.3% in comparison to the same year-ago period, such increase being primarily related to our Former Parent, a related party.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018				2017				$		%
in thousands, except performance metrics	$		% of revenue		$		% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest income	$	10,516	0.182	%	$	9,101	0.161	%	$	1,415	15.5	%
Performance Metric
Number of secured loans at period-end	3,124				2,138				986		46.1	%

Interest income for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$1.4 million, or 15.5%, to $10.5 million from $9.1 million in 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in interest rates and aggregate value of the secured loan portfolio. The number of secured loans outstanding increased by 46.1% to 3,124 from 2,138 in 2017, which is indicative of the increased demand for this financing product. Interest income from our secured loan portfolio increased by $1.4 million or by 24.6% in comparison to the same year-ago period.

The aggregate increase in interest income also increased due to other finance product income. Our finance fees earned from repurchase arrangements with customers increased by 4.3% or by $0.1 million in comparison to the same year-ago period.

62

Interest Expense — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Three Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest expense	$	(3,416	)	(0.173	)%	$	(2,700	)	(0.156	)%	$	716	26.5	%

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018increased$0.7 million, or 26.5% to $3.4 million from $2.7 million in 2017. The increase was related primarily to a greater usage of our lines of credit, amortization costs related to loan fees related to third party financing arrangements, and higher LIBOR interest rates that went in to effect subsequent to the Federal Reserve rate increases. In comparison to the same year-ago period, interest expense increased by $0.5 million or by 27.1% related to our Trading Credit Facility (including debt amortization costs) and $0.2 million related to third party loan processing fees related to acquired secured loans.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018					2017					$		%
in thousands	$			% of revenue		$			% of revenue		Increase/(decrease)		Increase/(decrease)
Interest expense	$	(9,229	)	(0.160	)%	$	(7,388	)	(0.131	)%	$	1,841	24.9	%

Interest expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2018increased$1.8 million, or 24.9% to $9.2 million from $7.4 million in 2017. The increase was related primarily to a greater usage of our lines of credit, higher average inventory levels primarily related to product financing arrangements, amortization costs related to loan fees related to third party financing fee arrangements, and higher LIBOR interest rates that went in to effect subsequent to the Federal Reserve rate increases. In comparison to the same year-ago period, interest expense increased by $1.4 million or by 25.4% related to our Trading Credit Facility (including debt amortization costs), and by $0.3 million or 32.5% related to third-party loan processing fees related to acquired secured loans.

63

Direct Sales Segment Results of Operations

Overview of Results of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

The Direct Sales segment was created on August 28, 2017 as a result of the Goldline acquisition, thus comparative prior period data is not available. The operating results of our Direct Sales segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are as follows:

in thousands, except performance metrics
Three Months Ended March 31,	2018
	$				% of revenue
Revenues	$	17,690		(a)	100.000	%
Gross profit	679				3.838	%	(b)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(3,636		)		(20.554	)%
Interest expense	(226		)		(1.278	)%
Net loss before provision for income taxes	$	(3,183	)		(17.993	)%
Performance Metrics:
Gold ounces sold(1)	4,000
Silver ounces sold(2)	138,000
Direct Sales segment ticket volume(3)	4,771

_________________________________
(a)	Includes $4.3 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(b)	Gross profit percentage realized from sales, excluding intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary services segment, is 8.830% for the three-month period.
(1)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold to third-party customers during the three-month period.
(2)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold to third-party customer during the three-month period.
(3)	Direct Sales segment trading ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed.

64

Overview of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

The Direct Sales segment was created on August 28, 2017 as a result of the Goldline acquisition. Accordingly, comparative prior period data is not available. The operating results of our Direct Sales segment for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 are as follows:

in thousands, except performance metrics
Nine Months Ended March 31,	2018
	$				% of revenue
Revenues	$	57,356		(a)	100.000	%
Gross profit	4,088				7.127	%	(b)
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(8,444		)		(14.722	)%
Interest expense	(505		)		(0.881	)%
Net loss before provision for income taxes	$	(4,861	)		(8.475	)%
Performance Metrics:
Gold ounces sold(1)	13,000
Silver ounces sold(2)	290,000
Direct Sales ticket volume(3)	11,701

_________________________________
(a)	Includes $21.9 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(b)	Gross profit percentage, excluding intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment, is 15.836% for the nine-month period.
(1)	Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold to third-party customers during the nine-month period.
(2)	Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold to third-party customer during the nine-month period.
(3)	Direct Sales segment trading ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed.

Segment Results — Direct Sales

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were $17.7 million. The total amount of gold and silver sold to third-party customers was 4,000 ounces and 138,000 ounces, respectively. Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $0.7 million. Selling, general and administration expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $3.6 million, which includes $0.6 million of severance costs. The Company is working to improve business performance with expanded marketing programs to enhance revenue and to scale selling, general and administration expenses to align with current market conditions.

Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2017

Revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 were $57.4 million. The total amount of gold and silver sold to third-party customers was 13,000 ounces and 290,000 ounces, respectively. Gross profit for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 was $4.1 million. Selling, general and administration expenses for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 was $8.4 million, which includes $0.6 million of severance costs. The Company is working to improve business performance with expanded marketing programs to enhance revenue and to scale selling, general and administration expenses to align with current market conditions.

65

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Primary Sources and Uses of Cash

Overview

Liquidity is defined as our ability to generate sufficient amounts of cash to meet all of our cash needs. Liquidity is of critical importance to us and imperative to maintain our operations on a daily basis.

A substantial portion of our assets are liquid. As of March 31, 2018, approximately 94% of our assets consisted of cash, customer receivables, derivative assets, secured loans receivables, and precious metals inventory, measured at fair value. Cash generated from the sales of our precious metals products is our primary source of operating liquidity.

Typically, the Company acquires its inventory by: (1) purchasing inventory from our suppliers by utilizing our own capital and lines of credit; (2) borrowing precious metals from our suppliers under short-term arrangements which may bear interest at a designated rate, and (3) repurchasing inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the specified repurchase date.

In addition to selling inventory, the Company generates cash from earned interest income. Through CFC, the Company enters into secured loans and secured financing structures with its customers under which it charges interest. The Company offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their precious metals purchases including consignments and other structured inventory finance products. The loans are secured by precious metals and numismatic material owned by the borrowers and held by the Company as security for the term of the loan. Furthermore, our customers may enter into purchase agreements whereby the customer agrees to purchase our inventory at the prevailing spot price for delivery of the product at a specific point in time in the future; interest income is earned from the contract date until the material is delivered and paid for in full.

We continually review our overall credit and capital needs to ensure that our capital base, both stockholders’ equity and available credit facilities, can appropriately support our anticipated financing needs. The Company also continually monitors its current and forecasted cash requirements, and draws upon and pays down its lines of credit so as to minimize interest expense.

Lines of Credit

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017		March 31, 2018 Compared to June 30, 2017
Lines of credit	$	210,000	$	180,000	$	30,000

A-Mark has a borrowing facility ("Trading Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. ("Rabobank") acting as lead lender and administrative agent for the syndicate. As of March 31, 2018, the Trading Credit Facility provided the Company with access up to $275.0 million, featuring a $225.0 million base (which included a $15.0 million temporary increase in the line of credit that expired on April 30, 2018), with a $50.0 million accordion option. The Trading Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on March 29, 2019. The Company believes that the Trading Credit Facility provides adequate means to capital for its operations (see Note 14).

Debt Obligation (Related Party)

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017		March 31, 2018 Compared to June 30, 2017
Debt Obligation - related party	$	6,993	$	—	$	6,993

The Company entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “Goldline Credit Facility”) with various lenders (see Note 14). The outstanding principal and unpaid interest is due upon maturity (August 28, 2020). Borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable pursuant to the Goldline acquisition (see Note 1).

66

Liability on Borrowed Metals

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017		March 31, 2018 Compared to June 30, 2017
Liability on borrowed metals	$	243,295	$	5,625	$	237,670

We borrow precious metals from our suppliers and customers under short-term arrangements. Amounts under these arrangements are due at maturity and require repayment either in the form of precious metals or cash. Liabilities also arise from unallocated positions held in our inventory. Typically, these positions are due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. The $237.7 million increase in the balance of liability on borrowed metals from $5.6 million as of June 30, 2017 to $243.3 million as of March 31, 2018 was due primarily to metals borrowed from a customer to satisfy our obligations under a repurchase agreement.

Product Financing Arrangements

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017		March 31, 2018 Compared to June 30, 2017
Product financing arrangements	$	97,370	$	135,343	$	(37,973	)

The Company has agreements with financial institutions (third parties) that allows the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory to the third party at a an agreed-upon price based on the spot price, which provides alternative sources of liquidity. During the term of the agreement both parties intend for inventory to be returned at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the termination (repurchase) date. The third parties charge monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charges are classified in interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing arrangements and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included as a component of cost of sales.

Secured Loans

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017		March 31, 2018 Compared to June 30, 2017
Secured loans	$	109,493	$	91,238	$	18,255

The Company is a California license finance lender that makes and acquires commercial loans secured by numismatic and semi-numismatic coins and bullion that affords our customers a convenient means of financing their inventory or collections (see Note 5).  Predominantly, most of the Company's secured loans are short-term in nature and the renewal of these instruments is at the discretion of the Company and, as such, provides us with some flexibility in regards to our capital deployment strategies.

Dividends

In fiscal 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company initiated a cash dividend policy that calls for the payment of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per common share. In fiscal 2016, the Board of Directors modified the policy by increasing the quarterly cash dividend to $0.07 per common share, and in fiscal 2017 the quarterly cash dividend was increased to $0.08 per common share (see Note 16).

The Board of Directors recently determined to suspend the Company's quarterly dividend for the third fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 in in order to increase its financial flexibility and strengthen its balance sheet. The Board of Directors will re-assess its capital resources for the fourth fiscal quarter and may or may not determine to reinstate the dividend based on that assessment.

67

Cash Flows

The majority of the Company’s trading activities involve two day value trades under which payment is received in advance of delivery or product is received in advance of payment. The high volume, rapid rate of inventory turnover, and high average value per trade can cause material changes in the sources of cash used in or provided by operating activities on a daily basis. The Company manages these variances through its liquidity forecasts and counterparty limits by maintaining a liquidity reserve to meet the Company’s cash needs. The Company uses various short-term financial instruments to manage the rapid cycle of our trading activities from customer purchase order to cash collections and product delivery, which can cause material changes in the amount of cash used in or provided by financing activities on a daily basis.

The following summarizes components of our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017:

in thousands
Nine Months Ended	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018 Compared to March 31, 2017
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	14,326		$	(104,841	)	119,167
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(19,544	)	$	(2,717	)	(16,827	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	$	(2,900	)	$	96,856		(99,756	)

Our principal capital requirements have been to fund (i) working capital and (ii) capital expenditures. Our working capital requirements fluctuate with market conditions, the availability of precious metals and the volatility of precious metals commodity pricing.

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Operating activities provided$14.3 million and used$104.8 million in cash for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, representing a $119.2 million decrease in the use of cash compared to the nine months ended March 31, 2017. This period over period decrease in the of use of funds in operating activities was primarily due to changes in the balances of liability on borrowed metals, secured loans, deferred income taxes, accounts payable, and derivative liabilities, offset by changes in the balances of inventory, derivative assets, income taxes payable, and receivables.

Net cash used in investing activities

Investing activities used$19.5 million and used$2.7 million in cash for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, representing a $16.8 million increase in the use of cash compared to the nine months ended March 31, 2017. This period over period increase is the result of the change in balance of secured loans of $11.8 million, and an increase in the use of cash for corporate acquisition activity of $6.1 million compared to the comparable prior period.

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Financing activities used$2.9 million and provided$96.9 million in cash for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, representing a decrease of $99.8 million in funds provided by financing activities compared to the nine months ended March 31, 2017. This period over period decrease in funds provided by financing activities was primarily due to changes in the balance of product financing arrangements of $135.1 million, partially offset by the change in the balance of the Trading Credit Facility of $29.0 million and a new related party debt obligation of $7.5 million in the current period.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, availability under the Trading Credit Facility, product financing arrangements and the cash we anticipate to generate from operating activities will provide us with sufficient liquidity to satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, investment requirements and commitments through at least the next twelve months.

68

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

Counterparty Risk

We manage our counterparty risk by setting credit and position risk limits with our trading counterparties. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions and inventory consignment transactions with us. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

Commodities Risk and Derivatives

We use a variety of strategies to manage our risk including fluctuations in commodity prices for precious metals. Our inventories consist of, and our trading activities involve, precious metals and precious metal products, whose prices are linked to the corresponding precious metal commodity prices. Inventories purchased or borrowed by us are subject to price changes. Inventories borrowed are considered natural hedges, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier or deliver metals to the customer.

Open sale and purchase commitments in our trading activities are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). We seek to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures contracts. Our open sale and purchase commitments generally settle within 2 business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, we have the right to settle the positions upon demand.

Our policy is to substantially hedge our underlying precious metal commodity inventory position. We regularly enter into metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge price changes that would cause changes in the value of our physical metals positions and purchase commitments and sale commitments. We have access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing us to place hedges. However, we also maintain relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center, which allows us to enter into contracts with market makers. Futures and forwards contracts open at March 31, 2018 are scheduled to settle within 30 days.

The Company enters into these derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the nature of our hedging strategy, we are not using hedge accounting as defined under, Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC".)Unrealized gains or losses resulting from our futures and forward contracts are reported as cost of sales with the related amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as a derivative asset or liability. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales, and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contacts are recorded in cost of sales. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory and open sale and purchase commitments, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments in the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $11.8 million and $23.4 million, respectively.

For the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments in the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $13.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

69

The purpose of the Company's hedging policy is to substantially match the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument to the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, showing the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, which is subject to price risk, compared to change in the value of the derivative instruments as of March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017:

in thousands	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Inventory	$	499,417		$	284,659
Less unhedgable inventory:
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market	(162		)	(40		)
Premium on metals position	(3,375		)	(4,088		)
Inventory value not hedged	(3,537		)	(4,128		)
Subtotal	495,880			280,531
Commitments at market:
Open inventory purchase commitments	451,961			587,687
Open inventory sales commitments	(192,221		)	(121,602		)
Margin sale commitments	(6,446		)	(7,936		)
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk	(4,168		)	(3,931		)
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions	243			495
Borrowed precious metals	(243,295		)	(5,625		)
Product financing arrangements	(97,370		)	(135,343		)
Advances on industrial metals	5,885			1,580
Inventory subject to price risk	410,469			595,856
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values	322,750			462,231
Precious metals futures contracts at market values	87,106			133,450
Total market value of derivative financial instruments	409,856			595,681
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk	$	613		$	175

We are exposed to the risk of default of the counterparties to our derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by us when evaluating the fair value implications. We regularly review the creditworthiness of our major counterparties and monitor our exposure to concentrations. At March 31, 2018, we believe our risk of counterparty default is mitigated based on our evaluation of the creditworthiness of our major counterparties, the strong financial condition of our counterparties, and the short-term duration of these arrangements.

Commitments and Contingencies

Refer to Note 15 for information relating Company's commitments and contingencies.

70

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, we had the following outstanding sale and purchase commitments and open forward and future contracts, which are normal and recurring, in nature:

in thousands	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Purchase commitments	$	451,961		$	587,687
Sales commitments	$	(192,221	)	$	(121,602	)
Margin sale commitments	$	(6,446	)	$	(7,936	)
Open forward contracts	$	322,750		$	462,231
Open futures contracts	$	87,106		$	133,450
Foreign exchange forward contracts	$	3,641		$	2,213

The notional amounts of the commodity forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase orders, as shown in the table above, are not reflected at the notional amounts in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company records commodity forward and futures contracts at the fair value, which is the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract measured on the reporting date and the trade amount measured on the date the contract was transacted. The fair value of the open derivative contracts are shown as a component of derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company enters into the derivative forward and future transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory position, including our open sale and purchase commitments. The Company records the derivatives at the trade date, and any corresponding unrealized gains or losses are shown as a component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. We adjust the carrying value of the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are physically settled (see Note 11.)

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Our condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that we believe to be relevant at the time our condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our condensed consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could materially differ from our estimates.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for its metals and sales contracts using settlement date accounting. Pursuant to such accounting, the Company recognizes the sale or purchase of the metals at settlement date. During the period between the trade and settlement dates, the Company has essentially entered into a forward contract that meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC. The Company records the derivative at the trade date with any corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed, and revenue is recognized for contracts that are physically settled. For contracts that are net settled, the realized gains and losses are recorded in cost of sales, with the exception of forward contracts, where their associated realized gain ans losses are recorded in revenue and cost of sales.

71

Inventories

The Company's inventories primarily include bullion and bullion coins, which are initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. The premium is included in the cost of the inventory, paid at acquisition, and is a component of the total fair market value of the inventory. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged.

The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as described below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Additionally, neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged.

Inventories include amounts borrowed from suppliers and customers arising from various arrangements including unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, metals held by suppliers as collateral on advanced pool metals, as well as shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals or cash. The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventories and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions (see Note 11.)

The Company enters into product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, charged by the third party finance company. During the term of the financing agreement, the third party company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the termination (repurchase) date. The third party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charge is classified as interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40 Product Financing Arrangements, and are reflected in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing and the underlying inventory (which is restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The Company periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis. Such inventories are removed at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the metals, and the Company records a corresponding sale and receivable.

The Company enters into financing arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date. The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice.  Upon termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited.

Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets

We evaluate goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic 350 of the ASC. Other definite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. We may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, we determine that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test involves comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.

72

Estimates critical to these calculations include projected future cash flows, discount rates, royalty rates, customer attrition rates and foreign exchange rates. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can impact the carrying amount of assets on the balance sheet. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain assets could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to it in the various jurisdictions in which it earns income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. The Company recognizes a benefit for tax positions that it believes will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that the Company believes has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. The Company regularly monitors its tax positions and adjusts the amount of recognized tax benefit based on its evaluation of information that has become available since the end of its last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. When adjusting the amount of recognized tax benefits, the Company does not consider information that has become available after the balance sheet date, but does disclose the effects of new information whenever those effects would be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheets principally within accrued liabilities.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Please refer to Note 12 for further discussion regarding these provisions.

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include the Company's consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, the Company would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to the Company's results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial position.

Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain state net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. The Company will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.

The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the company when it was a member of the consolidated income tax return group of its Former Parent (Spectrum Group International, Inc.) Following its spin-off, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.

73

Business Combinations

The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with “ASC 805, Business Combinations. Transaction costs related to acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.

Contingent Earn-out Liability

Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.

We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration, related to the earn-out obligations to SilverTowne LP related to SilverTowne Mint transaction. On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see Note 3). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting standards, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 2.

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on the foregoing, our Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Certifying Officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

74

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Our Business Generally

Our business is heavily dependent on our credit facility.

Our business depends substantially on our ability to obtain financing for our operations. The Trading Credit Facility (as further described and defined below) provides the Company with the liquidity to buy and sell billions of dollars of precious metals annually. The Trading Credit Facility is an uncommitted demand facility provided by a syndicate of financial institutions (the “Trading Credit Lenders”), and is currently scheduled to mature on March 29, 2019.  A-Mark routinely uses funds drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to purchase metals from its suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes.  Our CFC subsidiary also uses the funds drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to finance its lending activities.

Pursuant to the terms of the Trading Credit Facility, each Trading Credit Lender may, at any time in its sole discretion (subject to certain notice requirements), decline to make loans to us. If we are unable to access funds under the Trading Credit Facility, we may be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

The Trading Credit Facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and to comply with various operational and other covenants. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Trading Credit Facility that was not cured or waived pursuant to the terms of the Trading Credit Facility, the Trading Credit Lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Trading Credit Facility to be due and payable immediately. Further, Trading Credit Lenders holding 50% or more of the indebtedness under the Trading Credit Facility may require us to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Trading Credit Facility at any time, even if we are in compliance with the financial and other covenants under the Trading Credit Facility. 

We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, including the Trading Credit Facility, upon demand or acceleration, or at maturity, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments under the Trading Credit Facility. The failure of A-Mark to renew or replace the Trading Credit Facility under such circumstances would reduce the financing available to us and could limit our ability to conduct our business, including the lending activity of our CFC subsidiary.  There can be no assurance that we could procure replacement financing on commercially acceptable terms on a timely basis, or at all. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the Trading Credit Facility, and if we were unable to repay the amounts outstanding thereunder, the administrative agent under the Trading Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to secure such indebtedness.

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates based on the variable interest under the Trading Credit Facility and we may not be able to pass along to our customers and borrowers some or any part of an increase in the interest that we are required to pay under the Trading Credit Facility. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on one month LIBOR plus (i) 2.50% for revolving credit line loans and (ii) 4.50% for loans extended in excess of the then-available revolving credit line. The LIBOR was approximately 1.88% as of March 31, 2018.

In addition to the Trading Credit Facility, we have incurred the Goldline Credit Facility to finance the Goldline acquisition. The obligations of the Company and Goldline pursuant to the Goldline Credit Facility are subordinated to the obligations of the Company pursuant to the Trading Credit Facility as set forth in certain subordination agreements executed in connection with the Goldline Credit Facility (the “Goldline Subordination Agreements”), and the Goldline Credit Facility requires us to comply with various operational and other covenants. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Goldline Credit Facility that is not cured or waived pursuant to the terms of the Goldline Credit Facility, the lenders holding a majority of the loans under the Goldline Credit Facility then outstanding could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Goldline Credit Facility to be due and payable immediately, subject to the requirements of the Goldline Subordination Agreements, as applicable. We have pledged substantially all of the assets of Goldline as collateral under the Goldline Credit Facility, and if we were unable to repay the amounts outstanding thereunder, the lenders under the Goldline Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to secure such indebtedness, subject to the Goldline Subordination Agreements, as applicable. We cannot assure you that the assets or cash flow available to Goldline would be sufficient to fully repay the borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility, upon demand or acceleration, or at maturity, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments under the Goldline Credit Facility. Further, the incurrence of the Goldline Credit Facility increases the risks as a result of our leverage.

75

We could suffer losses with our financing operations.

We engage in a variety of financing activities with our customers:

• Receivables from our customers with whom we trade in precious metal products are effectively short-term, non-interest bearing extensions of credit that are, in certain cases, secured by the related products maintained in the Company’s possession or by a letter of credit issued on behalf of the customer. On average, these receivables are outstanding for periods of between 8 and 9 days.

• The Company operates a financing business through CFC that makes secured loans at loan-to-value ratios—principal loan amount divided by the liquidation value, as conservatively estimated by management, of the collateral—of, in most cases, 50% to 85%. These loans are both variable and fixed interest rate loans, with maturities from three to twelve months.

• We make advances to our customers on unrefined metals secured by materials received from the customer. These advances are limited to a portion of the materials received.

• The Company makes unsecured, short-term, non-interest bearing advances to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.

• The Company periodically extends short-term credit through the issuance of notes receivable to approved customers at interest rates determined on a customer-by-customer basis.

Our ability to minimize losses on the credit that we extend to our customers depends on a variety of factors, including:

• our loan underwriting and other credit policies and controls designed to assure repayment, which may prove inadequate to prevent losses;

• our ability to sell collateral upon customer defaults for amounts sufficient to offset credit losses, which can be affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including (i) changes in economic conditions, (ii) increases in market rates of interest and (iii) changes in the condition or value of the collateral; and

• the reserves we establish for loan losses, which may prove inadequate.

Our business is dependent on a concentrated customer base.

One of A-Mark's key assets is its customer base. This customer base provides deep distribution of product and makes A-Mark a desirable trading partner for precious metals product manufacturers, including sovereign mints seeking to distribute precious metals coinage or large refiners seeking to sell large volumes of physical precious metals. Two customers represented 48.7% of A-Mark's revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 2018. Those same two customers represented 37.0% of A-Mark's revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 2017. If our relationship with these customers deteriorated, or if we were to lose these customers, our business would be materially adversely affected.

The loss of a government purchaser/distributorship arrangement could materially adversely affect our business.

A-Mark’s business is heavily dependent on its purchaser/distributorship arrangements with various governmental mints. Our ability to offer numismatic coins and bars to our customers on a competitive basis is based on the ability to purchase products directly from a government source. The arrangements with the governmental mints may be discontinued by them at any time. The loss of an authorized purchaser/distributor relationship, including with the U.S. Mint could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The materials held by A-Mark are subject to loss, damage, theft or restriction on access.

A-Mark has significant quantities of high-value precious metals on site, at third-party depositories and in transit. There is a risk that part or all of the gold and other precious metals held by A-Mark, whether on its own behalf or on behalf of its customers, could be lost, damaged or stolen. In addition, access to A-Mark’s precious metals could be restricted by natural events (such as an earthquake) or human actions (such as a terrorist attack). Although we maintain insurance on terms and conditions that we consider appropriate, we may not have adequate sources of recovery if our precious metals inventory is lost, damaged, stolen or destroyed, and recovery may be limited. Among other things, our insurance policies exclude coverage in the event of loss as a result of terrorist attacks or civil unrest.

In addition, with the establishment of our Logistics facility and the transfer of our wholesale storage operations from third party depositories to that facility, we are assuming greater potential liability for any loss suffered in connection with the stored

76

inventory. Among other things, our insurance, rather than the third-party depository’s, is now the primary risk policy. While we believe we have adequate insurance coverage covering these operations, in the event of any loss in excess of our coverage, we may be held liable for that excess.

Our business is subject to the risk of fraud and counterfeiting.

The precious metals (particularly bullion) business is exposed to the risk of loss as a result of “materials fraud” in its various forms. We seek to minimize our exposure to this type of fraud through a number of means, including third-party authentication and verification, reliance on our internal experts and the establishment of procedures designed to detect fraud. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in preventing or identifying this type of fraud, or in obtaining redress in the event such fraud is detected.

Our business is influenced by political conditions and world events.

The precious metals business is especially subject to global political conditions and world events. Precious metals are viewed by some as a secure financial investment in times of political upheaval or unrest, particularly in developing economies, which may drive up pricing. The volatility of the commodity prices for precious metals is also likely to increase in politically uncertain times. Conversely, during periods of relative international calm precious metal volatility is likely to decrease, along with demand, and the prices of precious metals may retreat. Because our business is dependent on the volatility and pricing of precious metals, we are likely to be influenced by world events more than businesses in other economic sectors.

We have significant operations outside the United States.

We derive about 5% to 10% of our revenues from business outside the United States, including from customers in developing countries. Business operations outside the U.S. are subject to political, economic and other risks inherent in operating in foreign countries. These include risks of general applicability, such as the need to comply with multiple regulatory regimes; trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements; and fluctuations in equity, revenues and profits due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Currently, we do not conduct substantial business with customers in developing countries. However, if our business in these areas of the world were to increase, we would also face risks that are particular to developing countries, including the difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables, protecting inventory and other assets through foreign legal systems, limitations on the repatriation of earnings, currency devaluation and manipulation of exchange rates, and high levels of inflation.

We try to manage these risks by monitoring current and anticipated political, economic, legal and regulatory developments in the countries outside the United States in which we operate or have customers and adjusting operations as appropriate, but there can be no assurance that the measures we adopt will be successful in protecting the Company’s business interests.

We are dependent on our key management personnel and our trading experts.

Our performance is dependent on our senior management and certain other key employees. We have employment agreements with Greg Roberts, our CEO, and Thor Gjerdrum, our President, which expire on June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. These and other employees have expertise in the trading markets, have industry-wide reputations, and perform critical functions for our business. We cannot offer assurance that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms for the renewal of the employment agreements or otherwise retain our key employees. Also, there is significant competition for skilled precious metals traders and other industry professionals. The loss of our current key officers and employees, without the ability to replace them, would have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We are focused on growing our business, but there is no assurance that we will be successful.

We expect to grow both organically and through opportunistic acquisitions. We have devoted considerable time, resources and efforts over the past few years to our growth strategy. We may not be successful in implementing our growth initiatives, which could adversely affect our business.

Liquidity constraints may limit our ability to grow our business.

To accomplish our growth strategy, we will require adequate sources of liquidity to fund both our existing business and our expansion activity. Currently, our sources of liquidity are the cash that we generate from operations and our borrowing availability under the Trading Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that these sources will be adequate to support the growth that we are hoping to achieve or that additional sources of financing for this purpose, in the form of additional debt or equity financing, will be available to us, on satisfactory terms or at all. Also, the Trading Credit Facility contains, and any future debt financing is likely to contain, various financial and other restrictive covenants. The need to comply with these covenants may limit our ability to implement our growth initiatives.

77

We expect to grow in part through acquisitions, but an acquisition strategy entails risks.

We expect to grow in part through acquisitions. We will consider potential acquisitions of varying sizes and may, on a selective basis, pursue acquisitions or consolidation opportunities involving other public companies or privately held companies. However, it is possible that we will not realize the expected benefits from our acquisitions or that our existing operations will be adversely affected as a result of acquisitions. Acquisitions entail certain risks, including: unrecorded liabilities of acquired companies that we fail to discover during our due diligence investigations; difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company within our existing operations or in maintaining uniform standards; loss of key employees of the acquired company; and strains on management and other personnel time and resources both to research and integrate acquisitions.

We expect to pay for future acquisitions using cash, capital stock, notes and/or assumption of indebtedness. To the extent that our existing sources of cash are not sufficient to fund future acquisitions, we will require additional debt or equity financing and, consequently, our indebtedness may increase or shareholders may be diluted as we implement our growth strategy.

Our Logistics depository is subject to authorization.

Our Trading Credit Lenders have approved our Logistics facility as an authorized depository. If that approval were to be withdrawn for any reason, we would no longer be able to keep inventory at that location, which would substantially limit our ability to conduct business from that facility.

We are subject to laws and regulations.

We are subject to various laws, litigation, regulatory matters and ethical standards, and our failure to comply with or adequately address developments as they arise could adversely affect our reputation and operations. Our policies, procedures and practices and the technology we implement are designed to comply with federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations, including those imposed by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, the marketplace, the banking industry and foreign countries, as well as responsible business, social and environmental practices, all of which may change from time to time. Significant legislative changes, including those that relate to employment matters and health care reform, could impact our relationship with our workforce, which could increase our expenses and adversely affect our operations. In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or implement responsible business, social and environmental practices, we could be subject to damage to our reputation, class action lawsuits, legal and settlement costs, civil and criminal liability, increased cost of regulatory compliance, restatements of our financial statements, disruption of our business and loss of customers. Any required changes to our employment practices could result in the loss of employees, reduced sales, increased employment costs, low employee morale and harm to our business and results of operations. In addition, political and economic factors could lead to unfavorable changes in federal and state tax laws, which may increase our tax liabilities. An increase in our tax liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations. We are also regularly involved in various litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Litigation or regulatory developments could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

There are various federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances and regulations that affect our trading business. For example, we are required to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and a variety of anti-money laundering and know-your-customer rules in response to the USA Patriot Act.

The SEC has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure, on an annual basis, of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. These new rules require due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the "DRC") or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC.

The Company has concluded that it is not currently subject to the conflict minerals rules because it is not a manufacturer of conflict minerals under the definitions set forth in the rules. Depending on developments in the Company’s business, it could become subject to the rules at some point in the future. In that event, there will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of gold used in our products. In addition, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of gold used in our products. Also, we may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for the gold used in our products or to determine that the gold is conflict free.

CFC operates under a California Finance Lenders License issued by the California Department of Corporations. CFC is required to submit a finance lender law annual report to the state which summarizes certain loan portfolio and financial information regarding CFC. The Department of Corporations may audit the books and records of CFC to determine whether CFC is in compliance with the terms of its lending license.

There can be no assurance that the regulation of our trading and lending businesses will not increase or that compliance with the applicable regulations will not become more costly or require us to modify our business practices.

78

The recently passed Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is expected to have a significant impact on us.

On December 22, 2017, the comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act significantly changes how the U.S. taxes corporations. The Tax Act requires complex computations to be performed, significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the provisions of the Tax Act and significant estimates in calculations, and the preparation and analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Tax Act will be applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. As we complete our analysis of the Tax Act, collect and prepare necessary data, and interpret any additional guidance, we may make adjustments to provisional amounts that we have recorded that may materially impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which the adjustments are made.

With respect to deferred tax assets (net of deferred tax liabilities) that are in existence as of the enactment date of the Tax Act (i.e., valued using a 35.0% federal tax rate), the Company has been negatively impacted by the (1) new corporate tax rates, and (2) the effective date of the new provision, the effect of which is to preclude taxpayers from carrying net operating losses (NOLs) back to prior taxable years. This is because any realization of deferred taxes during the second half of fiscal year 2018 against taxable income will be realized at a lower 28.06% blended tax rate. Further, to the extent the realization of such deferred tax assets were to exceed such taxable income, resulting in an NOL, such NOL can no longer be carried back to a prior tax year and can only be carried forward to subsequent years for realization at a 21.0% tax rate. This would also be applicable to extent realization of deferred taxes are not until the subsequent year.    

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

The business of buying and selling precious metals is global and highly competitive. The Company competes with precious metals trading firms and banks throughout North America, Europe and elsewhere in the world, some of whom have greater financial and other resources, and greater name recognition, than the Company. We believe that, as a full service firm devoted exclusively to precious metals trading, we offer pricing, product availability, execution, financing alternatives and storage options that are attractive to our customers and allow us to compete effectively. We also believe that our purchaser/distributorship arrangements with various governmental mintsgive us a competitive advantage in our coin distribution business. However, given the global reach of the precious metals trading business, the absence of intellectual property protections and the availability of numerous, evolving platforms for trading in precious metals, we cannot assure you that A-Mark will be able to continue to compete successfully or that future developments in the industry will not create additional competitive challenges.

We rely extensively on computer systems to execute trades and process transactions, and we could suffer substantial damages if the operation of these systems were interrupted.

We rely on our computer and communications hardware and software systems to execute a large volume of trading transactions each year. It is therefore critical that we maintain uninterrupted operation of these systems, and we have invested considerable resources to protect our systems from physical compromise and security breaches and to maintain backup and redundancy. Nevertheless, our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems, catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes and hurricanes, and usage errors by our employees. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to provide quotations or trading services in the interim, and we may face costly litigation.

If our customer data were breached, we could suffer damages and loss of reputation.

By the nature of our business, we maintain significant amounts of customer data on our systems. Moreover, certain third party providers have access to confidential data concerning the Company in the ordinary course of their business relationships with the Company. In recent years, various companies, including companies that are significantly larger than us, have reported breaches of their computer systems that have resulted in the compromise of customer data. Any compromise or breach of customer or company data held or maintained by either the Company or our third party providers could significantly damage our reputation and result in costs, lost trades, fines and lawsuits. The regulatory environment related to information security and privacy is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs. There is no guarantee that the procedures that we have implemented to protect against unauthorized access to secured data are adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches.

Compliance with the new General Data Protection Regulation in the EU could increase our costs and expose the Company to possible sanctions for violation.

In 2016, the EU adopted a comprehensive overhaul of its data protection regime from the current national legislative approach to a single European Economic Area Privacy Regulation, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which comes into effect in May 2018. The proposed EU data protection regime expands the scope of the EU data protection law to all

79

foreign companies processing personal data of EU residents, imposes a strict data protection compliance regime with severe penalties of up to the greater of 4% of worldwide turnover or €20 million, and includes new rights such as the “portability” of personal data. Although the GDPR will apply across the EU without a need for local implementing legislation, EU member states have the ability to interpret the GDPR opening clauses, which permit region-specific data protection legislation and have the potential to create inconsistencies on a country-by-country basis.

The Company has a trading office in Vienna, Austria and also markets to customers in the EU. Although our European operations are currently modest compared to our business in the United States, our European business could grow over time. We are evaluating the new regulation and its requirements, and implementation of the GDPR could require us to change our business practices and may increase the costs and complexity of compliance. Also, a violation by the Company of the new regulation could expose us to penalties and sanctions under the regulation.

Our implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system may adversely affect our business and results of operations or the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

We are currently implementing a new ERP system. ERP implementations are complex and time-consuming projects that involve substantial expenditures on system software and implementation activities over a significant period of time. If we do not effectively implement the ERP system or if the system does not operate as intended, it could adversely affect our financial reporting systems and our ability to produce financial reports, the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have in the past engaged, and continue to engage, in transactions with Stack’s Bowers, an affiliate of the Company, which could be perceived as not being made at arms-length.

Stack’s-Bowers Numismatics LLC ("Stack's Bowers"), which is primarily engaged in the business of auctions of high-value and rare coins and in coin retailing, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SGI, our former parent. We have engaged in the past, and continue to engage, in transactions with Stack’s Bowers, some of which are presently on-going. These transactions include secured lending transactions in which Stack’s Bowers is the borrower, and other transactions involving the purchase and sale of rare coins. The Company and SGI have two officers and a director in common. In addition, a majority of the board of directors of the Company have retained an ownership interest SGI, that in the aggregate represents a controlling interest in SGI. All transactions between the Company and Stack’s Bowers are approved by our Audit Committee, and we believe that all such transactions are on terms no less favorable to the Company than would be obtained from an unaffiliated third party. Nonetheless, these transactions could be perceived as being conflicted.

Risks Related to Our Acquisition of the Goldline Assets

We expect that our recent acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC will grow our business and create opportunities from cross-selling, but there is no assurance that this will be the case.

On August 28, 2017, we consummated the acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC, a leading direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community.  We believe that the acquisition represents an attractive opportunity to expand our suite of integrated precious metals businesses into the direct-to-client space.  We also believe that the acquisition will provide an opportunity to cross-sell our products and services to Goldline’s broad, high-end customer base, for example utilization of our precious coin and metal storage services at our secured Las Vegas, Nevada facility.  Nevertheless, there is no assurance that we will be successful in conducting a retail bullion business.  For example, the success of this business will require that we continue to maintain the loyalty of a large, widely disseminated customer base, and could depend on our ability to anticipate and appropriately respond to changing attitudes of consumers to investment in precious metals.  There also can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to cross-sell other products and services to the Goldline client base.  If the Goldline business does not succeed as we anticipate, or if we are required to make significant additional investment in the Goldline business in order to maintain or expand the business, our results of operation and liquidity could be adversely affected, which could in turn cause us to be in violation of one or more covenants under the Trading Credit Facility.

The Company may incur unanticipated costs integrating the Goldline business into our operations.

In order to fully achieve the anticipated benefits and synergies of our acquisition of the assets of Goldline, LLC, we will need to successfully integrate the Goldline business, which is now being conducted through a separate subsidiary of the Company, with our existing operations.  The former executive vice president of Goldline, LLC, has assumed the role of President of our Goldline subsidiary, and we expect that with his experience and expertise, we will be able to align the Goldline business with our existing operations with a minimum amount of delay and disruption.  We cannot assure you that this will be the case, however, and the integration process may take longer, may be more costly, and may require more time and attention of senior management than we anticipate.  If that were the case, the benefits that we hope to achieve from the acquisition may not be realized in the time frame we anticipate or at all.

80

Goldline’s prior marketing practices could generate adverse publicity for the Company.

In 2011, Goldline and a number of its executives were the subject to a criminal complaint in Santa Monica, California regarding the company’s marketing practices and in February 2012, Goldline settled the action against it by agreeing to refund $4.5 million to its customers. Key members of management were replaced at about the time of the settlement, and, as required by the terms of a related injunction, Goldline eliminated the offending aspects of its sales operations that were the subject of the legal action against it. The injunction expired in early 2017. We believe that in the five years since the criminal action was settled, Goldline has reestablished its reputation as a trusted, premier retailer of precious metals.  Nonetheless, it is possible that Goldline's past businesses issues may continue to have reputational consequences for the Goldline business, and following our acquisition of Goldline, could generate adverse publicity for the Company.

Risks Relating to Commodities

A-Mark’s business is heavily influenced by volatility in commodities prices.

A primary driver of A-Mark’s profitability is volatility in commodities prices, which leads to wider bid and ask spreads. Among the factors that can impact the price of precious metals are supply and demand of precious metals; political, economic, and global financial events; movement of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies; and the activity of large speculators such as hedge funds. If commodity prices were to stagnate, there would likely be a reduction in trading activity, resulting in less demand for the services A-Mark provides, which could materially adversely affect our business, liquidity and results of operations.

This volatility may drive fluctuation of our revenues, as a consequence of which our results for any one period may not be indicative of the results to be expected for any other period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our business is exposed to commodity price risks, and our hedging activity to protect our inventory is subject to risks of default by our counterparties.

A-Mark’s precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes created by change in the underlying commodity price, as well as supply and demand of the individual products the Company trades. In addition, open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale is fixed (the trade date) and the date metal is delivered or received (the settlement date). A-Mark seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of financial derivative instruments, such as forward and futures contracts. A-Mark’s policy is to remain substantially hedged as to its inventory position and its individual sale and purchase commitments. A-Mark’s management monitors its hedged exposure daily. However, there can be no assurance that these hedging activities will be adequate to protect the Company against commodity price risks associated with A-Mark’s business activities.

Furthermore, even if we are fully hedged as to any given position, there is the risk of default by our counterparties to the hedge. Any such default could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Increased commodity pricing could limit the inventory that we are able to carry.

We maintain a large and varied inventory of precious metal products, including bullion and coins, in order to support our trading activities and provide our customers with superior service. The amount of inventory that we are able to carry is constrained by the borrowing limitations and working capital covenants under the Trading Credit Facility. If commodity prices were to rise substantially, and we were unable to modify the terms of the Trading Credit Facility to compensate for the increase, the quantity of product that we could finance, and hence maintain in our inventory, would fall. This would likely have a material adverse effect on our operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act could adversely impact our use of derivative instruments to hedge precious metal prices and may have other adverse effects on our business.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the new legislation, including with respect to derivative contracts on commodities. This legislation and any implementing regulations could significantly increase the cost of some commodity derivative contracts (including through requirements to post collateral, which could adversely affect our available liquidity), materially alter the terms of some commodity derivative contracts, reduce the availability of some derivatives to protect against risks, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing commodity derivative contracts and potentially increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the Dodd-Frank legislation and regulations, we would be exposed to inventory and other risks associated with fluctuations in commodity prices. Also, if the Dodd-Frank legislation and regulations reduces volatility in commodity prices, our revenues could be adversely affected.

81

We rely on the efficient functioning of commodity exchanges around the world, and disruptions on these exchanges could adversely affect our business.

The Company buys and sells precious metals contracts on commodity exchanges around the world, both in support of its customer operations and to hedge its inventory and transactional exposure against fluctuations in commodity prices. The Company’s ability to engage in these activities would be compromised if the exchanges on which the Company trades or any of their clearinghouses were to discontinue operations or to experience disruptions in trading, due to computer problems, unsettled markets or other factors. The Company may also experience risk of loss if futures commission merchants or commodity brokers with whom the Company deals were to become insolvent or bankrupt.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Public company costs have increased our expenses and administrative burden, in particular in order to bring our Company into compliance with certain provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

As a public company, we are incurring significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased costs and expenses may arise from various factors, including financial reporting costs associated with complying with federal securities laws (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and related regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ have created uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. Applicable laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could have a material adverse effect on our business.

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We are required to implement standalone policies and procedures to comply with the requirements of Section 404. During the course of our testing of our internal controls and procedures, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are also important to the operation of our business. We also expect that the imposition of these regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, then investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we do not maintain effective internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial information on a timely basis, which could harm the trading price of our common stock, impair our ability to raise additional capital, or jeopardize our continued listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or any other stock exchange on which common stock may be listed.

We recently suspended our dividend payments and may not be able to continue to pay dividends.

Effective March 2, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a cash dividend policy calling for the payment of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per common share. The policy was amended on February 2, 2016 to provide for a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per common share, and then on January 26, 2017 to provide for a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per common share. 

The Board of Directors recently determined to suspend the Company's quarterly dividend for the third fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 in order to increase its financial flexibility and strengthen its balance sheet. The Board of Directors will re-assess its capital resources for the fourth fiscal quarter and may or may not determine to reinstate the dividend based on that assessment.

82

The declaration of cash dividends in the future is subject to the determination each quarter by the Board of Directors, based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance, available cash resources, cash requirements, bank covenants, and alternative uses of cash that the Board of Directors may conclude would represent an opportunity to generate a greater return on investment for the Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will resume paying dividends on a regular basis.  If the Board of Directors were to determine not to pay dividends in the future, shareholders would not receive any further return on an investment in our capital stock in the form of dividends, and may only obtain an economic benefit from the common stock only after an increase in its trading price and only by selling the common stock.

Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with our board of directors. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock, impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for Shareholders to effect certain corporate actions and set forth rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings.

We believe these provisions protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors and by providing our Board of Directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. However, these provisions apply even if an acquisition offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is not in the best interests of our Company and our Shareholders. Accordingly, in the event that our board determines that a potential business combination transaction is not in the best interests of our Company and our Shareholders, but certain shareholders believe that such a transaction would be beneficial to the Company and its Shareholders, such Shareholders may elect to sell their shares in the Company and the trading price of our common stock could decrease.

Your percentage ownership in the Company could be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in A-Mark potentially will be diluted in the future because of additional equity awards that we expect will be granted to our directors, officers and employees. We have established an equity incentive plan that provides for the grant of common stock-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity in order to raise capital or in connection with future acquisitions and strategic investments, which could dilute your percentage ownership.

Our board and management beneficially own a sizeable percentage of our common stock and therefore have the ability to exert substantial influence as shareholders.

Members of our board and management beneficially own approximately 40% of our outstanding common stock. Acting together in their capacity as shareholders, the board members and management could exert substantial influence over matters on which a shareholder vote is required, such as the approval of business combination transactions. Also because of the size of their beneficial ownership, the board members and management may be in a position effectively to determine the outcome of the election of directors and the vote on shareholder proposals. The concentration of beneficial ownership in the hands of our board and management may therefore limit the ability of our public shareholders to influence the affairs of the Company.

If the Company's spinoff from SGI is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our shareholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities.

In connection with the spinoff, SGI received the written opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP ("Kramer Levin") to the effect that the spinoff qualified as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, and that for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) no gain or loss was recognized by SGI upon the distribution of our common stock in the spinoff, and (ii) no gain or loss was recognized by, and no amount was included in the income of, holders of SGI common stock upon the receipt of shares of our common stock in the spinoff. The opinion of tax counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. In addition, the opinion of Kramer Levin relied on certain representations and covenants delivered by SGI and us. If, notwithstanding the conclusions included in the opinion, it is ultimately determined that the distribution does not qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each SGI shareholder that is subject to U.S. federal income tax and that received shares of our common stock in the distribution could be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares. In addition, if the distribution were not to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then SGI would recognize a gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock distributed to SGI shareholders on the date of the distribution over SGI’s tax basis in such shares. Also, we could have an indemnification obligation to SGI related to its tax liability.

83

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

84

ITEM 6. EXHIBITSEXHIBIT INDEX

Regulation S-K Exhibit Table Item No.			Description of Exhibit
31	.1	*	Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31	.2	*	Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32	.1	*	Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32	.2	*	Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101	.INS	*	XBRL Instance Document.
101	.SCH	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Schema Document.
101	.CAL	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101	.DEF	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101	.LAB	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101	.PRE	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

_________________________________
*	Filed herewith

85

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

		A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
Date:	May 10, 2018	By:	/s/ Gregory N. Roberts
			Name:	Gregory N. Roberts
			Title:	Chief Executive Officer
				(Principal Executive Officer)
		A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
Date:	May 10, 2018	By:	/s/ Cary Dickson
			Name:	Cary Dickson
			Title:	Chief Financial Officer
				(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures	Title(s)	Date
/s/ Gregory N. Roberts	Chief Executive Officer and Director	May 10, 2018
Gregory N. Roberts	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Cary Dickson	Chief Financial Officer	May 10, 2018
Cary Dickson	(Principal Financial Officer)

86

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Gregory N. Roberts, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	May 10, 2018	/s/ Gregory N. Roberts
		Name:	Gregory N. Roberts
		Title:	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Cary Dickson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	May 10, 2018	/s/ Cary Dickson
		Name:	Cary Dickson
		Title:	Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     In connection with A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.'s (the “Company”) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter-endedMarch 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date:	May 10, 2018	/s/ Gregory N. Roberts
		Name:	Gregory N. Roberts
		Title:	Chief Executive Officer

     The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     In connection with A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.'s (the “Company”) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter-endedMarch 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date:	May 10, 2018	/s/ Cary Dickson
		Name:	Cary Dickson
		Title:	Chief Financial Officer

     The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

XML

Document and Entity Information - shares	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	May 07, 2018
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001591588
Trading Symbol	AMRK
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2018
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2018
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		7,031,450

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Current assets:
Cash	$ 4,941	$ 13,059
Receivables, net	41,260	39,295
Derivative assets	7,635	17,587
Secured loans receivable	109,493	91,238
Inventories:
Inventories	402,047	149,316
Restricted inventories	97,370	135,343
Restricted and Nonrestricted Inventory, Net	499,417	284,659
Income taxes receivable	1,521	0
Prepaid expenses and other assets	3,509	1,183
Total current assets	667,776	447,021
Plant, property and equipment, net	7,863	6,607
Goodwill	10,331	8,881
Intangibles, net	8,405	4,065
Long-term investments	8,245	7,967
Deferred tax assets - non-current	4,198	3,959
Total assets	706,818	478,500
Current liabilities:
Lines of credit	210,000	180,000
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Accounts payable	51,833	41,947
Derivative liabilities	18,171	34,582
Note payable (related party)	0	500
Accrued liabilities	6,042	4,945
Income taxes payable	0	1,418
Total current liabilities	626,711	404,360
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993	0
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	1,049	1,117
Total liabilities	634,753	405,477
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: none as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017	0	0
Common stock, par value $0.01; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,031,450 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017	71	71
Additional paid-in capital	24,546	23,526
Retained earnings	43,947	45,994
Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. stockholders’ equity	68,564	69,591
Non-controlling interest	3,501	3,432
Total stockholders’ equity	72,065	73,023
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity	$ 706,818	$ 478,500

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	40,000,000	40,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	7,031,450	7,031,450
Common stock, shares outstanding	7,031,450	7,031,450

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 1,994,963	$ 1,730,845	$ 5,839,491	$ 5,662,859
Cost of sales	1,987,536	1,723,513	5,815,842	5,637,604
Gross profit	7,427	7,332	23,649	25,255
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(9,423)	(5,989)	(25,748)	(17,784)
Interest income	4,087	3,283	10,516	9,101
Interest expense	(3,642)	(2,700)	(9,734)	(7,388)
Other income	99	191	811	270
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign exchange	(32)	21	6	12
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes	(1,484)	2,138	(500)	9,466
Provision for income taxes	807	(833)	209	(3,482)
Net (loss) income	(677)	1,305	(291)	5,984
Net (loss) gain attributable to non-controlling interest	(44)	139	69	118
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company	$ (633)	$ 1,166	$ (360)	$ 5,866
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:
Basic (usd per share)	$ (0.09)	$ 0.17	$ (0.05)	$ 0.83
Diluted (usd per share)	(0.09)	0.16	(0.05)	0.82
Dividends per share (usd per share)	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.24	$ 0.22
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic (shares)	7,031	7,023	7,031	7,029
Diluted (shares)	7,031	7,130	7,031	7,122

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity - 9 months ended Mar. 31, 2018 - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Stockholders' Equity	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Retained Earnings	Non-Controlling Interest
Beginning balance, shares at Jun. 30, 2017	7,031,450		7,031,450
Beginning balance at Jun. 30, 2017	$ 73,023	$ 69,591	$ 71	$ 23,526	$ 45,994	$ 3,432
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net (loss) income	(291)	(360)			(360)	69
Share-based compensation	1,020	1,020		1,020
Dividends declared	$ (1,687)	(1,687)			(1,687)
Ending balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2018	7,031,450		7,031,450
Ending balance at Mar. 31, 2018	$ 72,065	$ 68,564	$ 71	$ 24,546	$ 43,947	$ 3,501

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$ (291)	$ 5,984
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	1,994	1,120
Amortization of loan cost	1,055	583
Deferred income taxes	(239)	(5,659)
Interest added to principal of secured loans	(41)	(50)
Change in accrued earn-out (non-cash)	(529)	(198)
Share-based compensation	1,020	675
Earnings from equity method investment	(278)	(73)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables	(919)	439
Secured loans	313	(18,163)
Secured loans to Former Parent	(9,352)	(6,595)
Derivative assets	10,777	29,094
Income tax receivable	(1,521)	6,071
Inventories	(202,217)	(100,474)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,330)	(428)
Accounts payable	7,590	(2,618)
Derivative liabilities	(16,411)	(20,609)
Liabilities on borrowed metals	228,720	2,085
Accrued liabilities	(1,597)	(2,266)
Receivable from/payables to Former Parent	0	203
Income taxes payable	(1,418)	6,038
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	14,326	(104,841)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures for property and equipment	(821)	(1,932)
Secured loans, net	(9,175)	2,636
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash	(9,548)	(3,421)
Net cash used in investing activities	(19,544)	(2,717)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Product financing arrangements, net	(37,973)	97,092
Dividends	(1,686)	(1,546)
Borrowings under lines of credit, net	30,000	1,000
Proceeds from issuance of debt obligation payable to related party	7,500	0
Repayments on notes payable to related party	(500)	0
Stock award grant	0	172
Debt funding fees	(241)	0
Excess tax benefit of share-based award	0	138
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(2,900)	96,856
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash	(8,118)	(10,702)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period	13,059	17,142
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period	4,941	6,440
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest expense	7,773	6,333
Income taxes	2,944	2,953
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Interest added to principal of secured loans	41	50
Debt funding fee	534	0
Contribution of assets from minority interest	0	3,454
Payable to minority interest partner for acquired business	0	500
Earn out obligation payable to minority interest partner	$ 0	$ 1,523

XML

Description of Business

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Description of Business

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries ("A-Mark" or the "Company"). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Business Segments

The Company conducts its operations in two reportable segments: (1) Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services, and (2) Direct Sales. Each of these reportable segments represents an aggregation of operating segments that meets the aggregation criteria set forth in the Segment Reporting Topic 280 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) (See Note 18).

Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services

The Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment operates as a full-service precious metals trading company. Its products include gold, silver, platinum and palladium for storage and delivery primarily in the form of coins, bars, wafers and grain. The Company's trading-related services include financing, consignment, logistics, hedging and various customized financial programs.

Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Collateral Finance Corporation (“CFC”), a licensed California Finance Lender, the Company offers loans on precious metals, rare coins and other collectibles to coin dealers, collectors and investors. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, A-Mark Trading AG (“AMTAG”), the Company promotes A-Mark bullion products throughout the European continent. Transcontinental Depository Services (“TDS”), also a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, offers worldwide storage solutions to institutions, dealers and consumers.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, A-M Global Logistics, LLC ("Logistics"), operates the Company's logistics fulfillment center based in Las Vegas, Nevada. Logistics provides customers an array of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing, and inventorying of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.

In August 2016, the Company formed AM&ST Associates, LLC ("AMST"), a joint venture with SilverTowne, L.P., referred to as SilverTowne, an Indiana-based producer of minted silver. The Company and SilverTowne, L.P. own 55% and 45%, respectively, of AMST. AMST acquired the entire minting operations (referred to as SilverTowne Mint) of SilverTowne, L.P., with the goal of providing greater product selection to our customers and greater pricing stability within the supply chain, as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments.

Direct Sales (Recent Acquisition)

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Goldline, Inc. ("Goldline"), is a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community. Goldline markets its precious metal products primarily on radio, the internet and television. Goldline sells gold and silver bullion in the form of coins, and bars, as well as numismatic coins.

The Company entered into the Direct Sales segment through its acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goldline, LLC ("Goldline, LLC" or the "Seller"), pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated August 14, 2017, between Goldline (then known as Goldline Acquisition Corp.) and the Seller. The transaction closed on August 28, 2017 (the "Closing Date"). On the Closing Date, the estimatedpurchase price for the net assets was approximately $10.0 million (the “Initial Provisional Purchase Price”), which was based on the Seller’s preliminary balance sheet dated as of July 31, 2017. The net assets acquired consisted of both intangible assets, which the parties agreed had an aggregate fair value of $6.4 million, and specified net tangible assets of the Seller, which the parties initially agreed had an estimated aggregate fair value of $3.6 million, subject to post-closing adjustment as described below. In connection with the closing, Goldline paid to the Seller an amount equal to the Initial Provisional Purchase Price less $1.5 million (the "Holdback Amount"), which amount was held back and deposited into escrow to serve as security for the Seller’s indemnification obligations under the Purchase Agreement. As of March 31, 2018, none of the Holdback Amount had been released.

Based on the post-Closing Date net tangible asset value adjustment procedures conducted to date pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company has adjusted the estimated total purchase price for the net assets from $10.0 million to $9.5 million (the “Revised Provisional Purchase Price”). The fair value of the acquired net tangible assets as of the Closing Date is still being reviewed by the Company and the Seller and therefore the total purchase price is subject to further adjustment. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, any amounts due back to the Company from the Seller as a result of the final determination of the fair value of the acquired net tangible assets is to be paid within three business days following such determination.

The difference between the Initial Provisional Purchase Price and the Revised Provisional Purchase Price of $0.5 million ($10.0 million less $9.5 million) has been recorded in receivables in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018.

Acquisition costs of $0.8 million were expensed as incurred as selling, general and administrative expenses, of which $0.6 million was recorded by the Company during the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

Purchase Price Allocation

The Revised Provisional Purchase Price of $9.5 million has been allocated to the acquired net assets purchased based on their fair values as follows (shown in thousands, and liability balances shown as negative amounts):

Working capital net assets:
Receivables, net	$	1,046
Derivative assets	825
Inventory	12,541
Prepaid expenses and other assets	856
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(2,616		)
Liability on borrowed metals	(8,949		)
Deferred income	(2,374		)
Subtotal				$	1,329
Property and equipment				1,769
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Trade names	$	2,200
Existing customer relationships	1,300
Customer lead list	1,100
Other	400
Subtotal				5,000
Goodwill:
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired				1,450
				$	9,548

The purchase price allocation is subject to completion of the Company's analysis of the fair value of the assets acquired. The final valuation is expected to be completed as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the closing date of the transaction. The estimates of the fair value of the contingent consideration, and the allocation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets requires extensive use of accounting estimates and management judgment. These estimates could be material. The fair values assigned to the assets acquired are based on estimates and assumption from data currently available.

Pro-Forma Information

The following unaudited pro-forma information for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 assumes the acquisition of the net assets of Goldline, LLC occurred on July 1, 2016, that is, the first day of fiscal year 2017:

in thousands, except for EPS	(Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Pro-forma revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,747,526	$	5,840,648		$	5,746,474
Pro-forma net (loss) income	$	(633	)	$	276	$	(307	)	$	6,152
Pro-forma basic (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.88
Pro-forma dilutive (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.86

The above pro-forma supplemental information does not purport to be indicative of what the Company's operations would have been had these transactions occurred on July 1, 2016 and should not be considered indicative of future operating results. The Company believes the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for reflecting the significant pro-forma effects directly attributable to the acquisition of Goldline. The unaudited pro-forma information accounts for amortization of acquired intangible assets (based on the preliminary purchase price allocation and an estimate of their useful lives), incremental financing costs resulting from the acquisition, elimination of prior sales and purchases between the entities, elimination of acquisition costs and an application of the Company's tax rate. For each of the presented periods shown above, the Company used the tax rate of 37.5% as an approximation of our historical statutory tax rate, which excludes the effects of the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation(see Note 12). The unaudited pro-forma results do not include any anticipated cost savings or other effects of the planned integration of Goldline.

Related Agreements

In connection with the closing of the acquisition, Goldline entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “Goldline Credit Facility”) with various lenders (the "Goldline Lenders"), which include some directors from the Company's Board, effective August 28, 2017 (see Note 14). Borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable under the Purchase Agreement.

On the Closing Date, the Seller and Goldline entered into a transition services agreement, pursuant to which Goldline will provide reasonable assistance to the Seller (including access to records and services of transferring employees) for a period of two years following the closing date in connection with assisting the Seller with its continuing obligations for its retained liabilities that were not assumed by Goldline.

Also on the Closing Date, the Seller and the former CEO of the Seller also agreed that, for the period commencing on the closing date until the third anniversary thereof, neither they nor any of their affiliates will, directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, participate in, invest in or otherwise provide assistance to, in any manner, any “competing business” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

Spinoff from Spectrum Group International, Inc.

On March 14, 2014, the Company's former parent, Spectrum Group International, Inc. (including its subsidiaries, "SGI" or the "Former Parent"), effected a spinoff (the "spinoff" or the "Distribution") of the Company from SGI. As a result of the Distribution, the Company became a publicly traded company independent from SGI. On March 17, 2014, A-Mark’s shares of common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK."

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the financial condition, results of operations, statement of stockholder equity and cash flows of the Company, and were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CFC, AMTAG, TDS, Logistics, Goldline and its majority owned affiliate AMST (collectively the “Company”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 net income (loss) equaled comprehensive income (loss) as there were no items of comprehensive income (loss).

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for interim financial reporting. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals) necessary to present fairly the condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated statements of income, condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity, and condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Operating results for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending June 30, 2018 or for any other interim period during such fiscal year. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 (the “2017 Annual Report”), as filed with the SEC. Amounts related to disclosure of June 30, 2017 balances within these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were derived from the aforementioned audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2017 Annual Report.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among others, determination of fair value, allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment assessments of plant, property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation allowance determination on deferred tax assets, contingent earn-out liabilities, contingent interest liabilities, and revenue recognition judgments. Significant estimates also include the Company's fair value determination with respect to its financial instruments and precious metals inventory. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Cash is maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances.

Assets that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of receivables, loans of inventory to customers, and inventory hedging transactions. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited due to the large number of customers composing the Company's customer base, the geographic dispersion of the customers, and the collateralization of substantially all receivable balances. Based on an assessment of credit risk, the Company typically grants collateralized credit to its customers. The Company enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. Credit risk with respect to loans of inventory to customers is minimal. All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company is the United States dollar ("USD"). Also, the functional currency of the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, AMTAG, is USD, but it maintains its books of record in Euros. The Company remeasures the financial statements of AMTAG into USD. The remeasurement of local currency amounts into USD creates remeasurement gains and losses, which are included in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts. These derivatives generate gains and losses when they are settled and/or when they are marked to market. The change in the value in the derivative instruments is shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income as unrealized net gains (losses) on foreign exchange.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.

Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on the acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.

Net cash paid to acquire a business is classified as investing activities on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of cash flow.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company does not have any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company has $0.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively, in a bank account that is restricted and serves as collateral against a standby letter of credit issued by the bank in favor of the landlord for our office space in Los Angeles, California (see Note 15).

Inventories

Inventories principally include bullion and bullion coins that are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources.

The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as discussed below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market". The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged (see Note 6.)

Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using a straight line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three years to twenty-five years. Depreciation commences when the related assets are placed into service. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage. Internal-use software costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Land is recorded at historical cost, and is not depreciated. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We have no major planned maintenance activities related to our plant assets associated with our minting operations.

The Company reviews the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating for impairment, the carrying value of each asset is compared to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference when the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted estimated future cash flows. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current and projected operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the these assets are used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand and competition, as well as other economic factors.

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and employment contracts which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic useful lives ranging from three years to fifteen years. We review our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment under the same policy described above for plant, property, and equipment; that is, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles (such as trade names) are not subject to amortization, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually. However, for tax purposes, goodwill acquired in connection with a taxable asset acquisition is generally deductible.

The Company evaluates its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic 350 of the ASC. The Company may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. A qualitative assessment includes analyzing current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit such as changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.

If, based on this qualitative assessment, management determines that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test includes comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.

Long-Term Investments

Investments in privately-held entities that are at least 20% but less than 50% owned by the Company are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company’s proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses, with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense). The carrying value of the investment is reduced by the amount of the dividends received from the equity-method investee, as they are considered a return of capital.

Investments in privately-held entities that are less than 20% owned by the Company are accounted for using the cost method, unless the Company can exercise significant influence or the investee is economically dependent upon the Company, in which case the equity method is used. Under the cost method, investments are carried at cost and other income is recorded when dividends are received from the cost-method investee.

We evaluate our long-term investments for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company did not identify any impairments.

Fair Value Measurement

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic 820 of the ASC ("ASC 820"), creates a single definition of fair value for financial reporting. The rules associated with ASC 820 state that valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach should be used to estimate fair value. Selection of a valuation technique, or multiple valuation techniques, depends on the nature of the asset or liability being valued, as well as the availability of data (see Note 3.)

Contingent Earn-out Liability

We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint acquisition. On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see Note 3). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 the balance of contingent liability was $588,000 and $1,325,000 respectively, and the current portion of this liability is shown as a component in other long-term liabilities. Below is a reconciliation of the contingent earn out liability for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

in thousands
	Contingent
Liabilities at fair value, based on Level 3 inputs:	Consideration
Balance at June 30, 2017	$	1,325
Revaluation adjustment	(529		)
Amount paid to SilverTowne	(208		)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	588

Revenue Recognition

Settlement Date Accounting

Substantially all of the Company’s sales of precious metals are conducted using sales contracts that meet the definition of derivative instruments in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). The contract underlying A-Mark’s commitment to deliver precious metals is referred to as a “fixed-price forward commodity contract” because the price of the commodity is fixed at the time the order is placed. Revenue is recognized on the settlement date, which is defined as the date on which: (1) the quantity, price and specific items being purchased have been established, (2) metals have been delivered to the customer, and (3) payment has been received or is covered by the customer’s established credit limit with the Company.

All derivative instruments are marked to market during the interval between the trade date and the settlement date, with the changes in the fair value charged to cost of sales. The Company’s hedging strategy to mitigate the market risk associated with its sales commitments is described separately below under the caption “Hedging Activities.”

Trades Types of Products that are Physically Delivered

The Company’s contracts to sell precious metals to customers are usually settled with the physical delivery of metals to the customer, although net settlement (i.e., settlement at an amount equal to the difference between the contract value and the market price of the metal on the settlement date) is permitted. Below is a summary of the Company’s major trade order types and the key factors that determine when settlement occurs and when revenue is recognized for each type:

• Traditional physical trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined on the trade date. Payment or sufficient credit is verified prior to delivery of the metals on the settlement date.

• Consignment trade orders -- The Company delivers the items requested by the customer prior to establishing a firm trade order with a price. Settlement occurs and revenue is recognized once the customer confirms its order (quantity, specific product and price) and remits full payment for the sale.

• Provisional trade orders -- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the price is not set. The customer commits to purchasing the metals within a specified time period, usually within one year, at the then-current market price. The Company delivers the metal to the customer after receiving the customer’s deposit, which is typically based on 110% of the prevailing current spot price. The unpriced metal is subject to a margin call if the deposit falls below 105% of the value of the unpriced metal. The purchase price is established and revenue is recognized at the time the customer notifies the Company that it desires to purchase the metal.

• Margin trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined at trade date; however, the customer is allowed to finance the transaction through the Company and to defer delivery by committing to remit a partial payment (approximately 20%) of the total order price. With the remittance of the partial payment, the customer locks in the purchase price for a specified time period (usually up to two years from the trade date). Revenue on margin trade orders is recognized when the order is paid in full and delivered to the customer.

• Borrowed precious metals trade orders-- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the specific product is not yet determined. Revenue is not recognized until the customer selects the specific precious metal product it wishes to purchase, full payment is received, and the product is delivered to the customer.

Hedging Activities

The value of our inventory and our purchase and sale commitments are linked to the prevailing price of the underlying precious metal commodity. The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity and enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. The Company hedges by each commodity type (gold, silver, platinum, and palladium). All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Commodity forward, futures and option contracts entered into for hedging purposes are recorded at fair value on the trade date and are marked to market each period. The difference between the original contract values and the market values of these contracts are reflected as derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with the corresponding unrealized gain or losses included as a component of cost of sales. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contracts are recorded in cost of sales.

The Company enters into futures, forward and option contracts solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk and our liability on price protection programs, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income (see Note 11.)

Other Sources of Revenue

In accordance with the Revenue Recognition Topic 605 of the ASC ("ASC 605") storage and logistics services revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, no obligations remain and collection is probable.

Interest Income

In accordance with the Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835") following are interest income generating activities of the Company:

• Secured Loans-- The Company uses the effective interest method to recognize interest income on its secured loans transactions.  The Company maintains a security interest in the precious metals and records interest income over the terms of the secured loan receivable. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. The interest income accrual is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are resolved. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the principal and then to any unrecognized interest income (see Note 5.)

• Margin accounts-- The Company earns a fee (interest income) under financing arrangements related to margin trade orders over the period during which customers have opted to defer making full payment on the purchase of metals.

• Repurchase agreements--Repurchase agreements represent a form of secured financing whereby the Company sets aside specific metals for a customer and charges a fee on the outstanding value of these metals. The customer is granted the option (but not the obligation) to repurchase these metals at any time during the open reacquisition period. This fee is earned over the duration of the open reacquisition period and is classified as interest income.

• Spot deferred trade orders-- Spot deferred trade orders are a special type of forward delivery trade that enable customers to purchase or sell certain precious metals from/to the Company at an agreed upon price but, are allowed to delay remitting or taking delivery up to a maximum of two years from the date of trade. Even though the contact allows for physical delivery, it rarely occurs for this type trade. As a result, revenue is not recorded from these transactions, because no product is delivered to the customer. Spot deferred trades are considered a type of financing transactions, where the Company earns a fee (interest income) under spot deferred arrangements over the period in which trade is open.

Interest Expense

The Company accounts for interest expense on the following arrangements in accordance with Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835"):

• Borrowings-- The Company incurs interest expense from its lines of credit and its debt obligations (related party) using the effective interest method (see Note 14.) Additionally, the Company amortizes capitalized loan fee costs to interest expense over the period of the loan agreement.

• Loan servicing fees-- When the Company purchases loan portfolios, the Company may have the seller service the loans that were purchased. The Company incurs a fee based on total interest charged to borrowers over the period the loans are outstanding. The servicing fee incurred by the Company is charged to interest expense.

• Product financing arrangements-- The Company incurs financing fees (classified as interest expense) from its product financing arrangements (also referred to as reverse-repurchase arrangements) with third party finance companies for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its precious metal inventory at a later date. These arrangements are accounted for as secured borrowings. During the term of this type of agreement, the third party charges a monthly fee as a percentage of the market value of the designated inventory, which the Company intends to reacquire in the future.  No revenue is generated from these trades. The Company enters this type of transaction for additional liquidity.

Other Income

The Company's other income is derived from the Company's proportional interest in the reported net income or net loss in an investee accounted for under the equity method of accounting and the gains or losses associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability associated with its AMST investment.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company's proportional interest in the investee's reported net income (loss) from its equity method investment was $99,000 and $(6,000), respectively; and for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $278,000 and $73,000, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the net gains associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability was zero and $198,000, respectively; and for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $529,000 and $198,000, respectively.

Advertising

Advertising expense was $961,000 and $176,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Advertising expense was $2,537,000 and $542,000, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. The increase in advertising expense for the three and nine months ended periods primarily relates to our acquisition of Goldline. See Note 18 for bifurcation of expenses by segment.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs represent costs associated with shipping product to customers, and receiving product from vendors and are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Shipping and handling costs incurred totaled $1,315,000 and $1,052,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Shipping and handling costs incurred totaled $3,498,000 and $3,349,000, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity awards under the provisions of the Compensation - Stock Compensation Topic 718 of the ASC ("ASC 718"), which establishes fair value-based accounting requirements for share-based compensation to employees. ASC 718 requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees as expense over the service period in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The expense is adjusted for actual forfeitures of unvested awards as they occur.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to it in the various jurisdictions in which it earns income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. The Company recognizes a benefit for tax positions that it believes will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that the Company believes has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. The Company regularly monitors its tax positions and adjusts the amount of recognized tax benefit based on its evaluation of information that has become available since the end of its last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. When adjusting the amount of recognized tax benefits, the Company does not consider information that has become available after the balance sheet date, but does disclose the effects of new information whenever those effects would be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheets principally within accrued liabilities.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Please refer to Note 12 for further discussion regarding these provisions.

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include the Company's consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, the Company would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to the Company's results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial position.

Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain state net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.

The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the company when it was a member of the consolidated income tax return group of its Former Parent (Spectrum Group International, Inc.) Following its spin-off, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.

Earnings per Share ("EPS")

The Company computes and reports both basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the total potential dilution that could occur from outstanding equity awards, including unexercised stock options, utilizing the treasury stock method.

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common shares for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,023	7,031	7,029
Effect of common stock equivalents — stock issuable under outstanding equity awards	—	107	—	93
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,130	7,031	7,122

Since the Company incurred a net loss for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018, basic and diluted EPS were the same, as the inclusion of 853,015 potential common shares, related to outstanding stock options, in the computation of net loss per share would have been anti-dilutive.

Dividends

Dividends are recorded if and when declared by the Board of Directors. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share, totaling $0.24 of dividends per share for the nine months ended March 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share, totaling $0.22 of dividends per share for the nine months ended March 31, 2017 (see Note 16 and Note 19).

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other standards setting bodies issue new accounting pronouncements. Updates to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) are communicated through issuance of an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, “Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118”, to add various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), to ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. SAB 118 was issued by the SEC in December 2018 to provide immediate guidance for accounting implications of U.S. tax reform under the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Act”). SAB No. 118 provides for a provisional one year measurement period for entities to finalize their accounting for certain income tax effects related to the Tax Reform Act. SAB No. 118 provides guidance where: (i) the accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is complete and reported in the Tax Reform Act’s enactment period, (ii) the accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is incomplete and reported as provisional amounts based on reasonable estimates (to the extent determinable) subject to adjustments during a limited measurement period until complete, and (iii) accounting for the income tax effect of the Tax Reform Act is not reasonably estimable (no related provisional amounts are reported in the enactment period) and entities would continue to apply accounting based on tax law provisions in effect prior to the Tax Reform Act enactment until provisional amounts are reasonably estimable. SAB No. 118 requires disclosure of the reasons for incomplete accounting additional information or analysis needed, among other relevant information. The Company has evaluated the potential impacts of SAB 118 and has applied this guidance to its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures beginning in the second quarter of its fiscal year 2018. For additional information on SAB 118 and the impacts of the Tax Act on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures (see Note 12).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, (“ASU 2017-04”). The amendments of this ASU eliminate step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendments of this ASU also eliminate the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2020 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment test performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2017-04 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, (“ASU 2017-01”). The objective of ASU 2017-01 is to clarify the definition of a business in order to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill and consolidation. ASU 2017-01 is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively and we do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"). This new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for the Company on July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. We will adopt the requirements of the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and do not currently expect adoption to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842). The amendments in this update require lessees to recognize a lease liability measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset for all leases at the commencement date. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2019 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years), and is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. We are evaluating the new guidelines, but believe that adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures, as the Company has minimal lease commitments.

    In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) (“ASU 2016-08”). The amendments in ASU 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”). The amendments in ASU 2016-10 clarify aspects relating to the identification of performance obligations and improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12("ASU 2016-12"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in ASU 2016-12 address certain issues identified on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. For all of the ASUs noted above ("ASC 606"), the effective date for the Company is July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method is permitted.  The Company has been evaluating the impact of this new pronouncement and does not believe the implementation of ASC 606 will have a significant effect on the financial results of the Company for fiscal years beginning on and after July 1, 2018. This is because the major portion of the Company's revenues fall under the authoritative guidance of ASC 815, which are outside the scope of ASC 606.

XML

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, AT FAIR VALUE

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
	Carrying Amount		Fair value		Carrying Amount		Fair value
Financial assets:
Cash	$	4,941	$	4,941	$	13,059	$	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260		41,260		39,295		39,295
Secured loans receivable	109,493		109,493		91,238		91,238
Derivative asset on open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		1,233		931		931
Derivative asset on option contracts	144		144		—		—
Derivative asset on futures contracts	1,059		1,059		1,273		1,273
Derivative asset on forward contracts	5,199		5,199		15,383		15,383
Income taxes receivable	1,521		1,521		—		—
Financial liabilities:
Lines of credit	$	210,000	$	210,000	$	180,000	$	180,000
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993		6,993		—		—
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295		243,295		5,625		5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370		97,370		135,343		135,343
Derivative liability on margin accounts	3,841		3,841		4,797		4,797
Derivative liability on price protection programs	57		57		—		—
Derivative liability on open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		14,273		29,785		29,785
Accounts payable	51,833		51,833		41,947		41,947
Accrued liabilities	6,042		6,042		4,945		4,945
Other long-term liabilities (related party) (1)	1,049		1,049		1,117		1,117
Income taxes payable	—		—		1,418		1,418
Note payable - related party	—		—		500		500
(1) Includes estimated contingent amounts due to SilverTowne and to Goldline Lenders.

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 represent the amounts that would be received upon the sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows and appropriately risk adjusted discount rates, and available observable and unobservable inputs.

The carrying amounts of cash, secured loans receivable, receivables, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, income taxes payable, note payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of derivative assets and derivative liabilities, liability on borrowed metals and product financing arrangements are marked-to-market on a daily basis to fair value. The carrying amounts of lines of credit and debt obligation approximate fair value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities represents the long-term portion of contingent earn-out liabilities that are remeasured on a quarterly basis.

Valuation Hierarchy

Topic 820 of the ASC established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

• Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

• Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The significant assumptions used to determine the carrying value and the related fair value of the financial instruments are described below:

Inventory. Inventories, principally include bullion and bullion coins, are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins are comprised of two components: 1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and 2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. Except for commemorative coin inventory, which are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market, the Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values on a daily basis. The fair value for commodities inventory (i.e., inventory excluding commemorative coins) is determined using pricing data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Precious metals commodities inventory are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Derivatives. Futures contracts, forward contracts, option contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are valued at their fair values, based on the difference between the quoted market price and the contractual price (i.e., intrinsic value,) and are included within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Margin and Borrowed Metals Liabilities. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities consist of the Company's commodity obligations to margin customers and suppliers, respectively. Margin liabilities and borrowed metals liabilities are carried at fair value, which is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Product Financing Arrangements. Product financing arrangements consist of financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of the sale of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party. Such transactions allow the Company to repurchase this inventory on the termination (repurchase) date. The third party charges monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation, which is carried at fair value. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Fair value is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Product financing arrangements are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Liability on Price Protection Programs. The Company records an estimate of the fair value of the liability on price protection programs based on the difference between the contractual price at trade date and the retail price at the remeasurement date (i.e., quarter-end) based on the expected redemption rate of each program. As of March 31, 2018, the Company used the quoted market price based on the current spot rate and used an expected redemption rate of 100% for the price shield program, the most significant of the price protection programs. The use of a throughput rate of each program ignores the future price volatility that would affect the timing and rate of redemption under these programs, and, as a result, the liability on price protection programs is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Contingent Earn-out Liability. The Company records an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint transaction. On a quarterly basis, the liability is remeasured and increases or decreases in the fair value are recorded as an adjustment to other income on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST. The assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value. The key inputs in determining fair value of our contingent consideration obligations include the changes in the assumed timing and amounts of future throughputs (i.e., operating income, operating cost per unit, and production volume) which affects the timing and amount of future earn-out payments. Contingent earn-out liability is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The Company values the contingent obligation by determining the likelihood that the company has achieved the following targeted amount of performance thresholds for each annual earn-out period. Such thresholds include (1) Producing a targeted amount of silver ounces, (2) Earning a targeted amount of operating income, and (3) Generating an operating cost per ounce that is less than a targeted level. Each category triggers a different annual payout obligation if achieved over a 3 year period. The company re-assesses this contingent obligation each quarter based on the most current facts and market conditions. The obligation continues to remain as a liability at its original recorded value unless, based on each quarterly evaluation, it becomes evident the Company will not achieve all or part of the threshold performance targets. In such case, the obligation is adjusted to its more current estimated value.

The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the measurements fall:

	March 31, 2018
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	499,255	$	—	$	—	$	499,255
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		—		—		1,233
Derivative assets — option contracts	144		—		—		144
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,059		—		—		1,059
Derivative assets — forward contracts	5,199		—		—		5,199
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	506,890	$	—	$	—	$	506,890
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	243,295	$	—	$	—	$	243,295
Product financing arrangements	97,370		—		—		97,370
Derivative liabilities — price protection programs	—		—		57		57
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	3,841		—		—		3,841
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		—		—		14,273
Derivative liabilities — future contracts	—		—		—		—
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts	—		—		—		—
Contingent earn-out liability	$	—	$	—	$	588	$	588
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	358,779	$	—	$	645	$	359,424

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $162,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

	June 30, 2017
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	284,619	$	—	$	—	$	284,619
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	931		—		—		931
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,273		—		—		1,273
Derivative assets — forward contracts	15,383		—		—		15,383
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	302,206	$	—	$	—	$	302,206
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	5,625	$	—	$	—	$	5,625
Product financing arrangements	135,343		—		—		135,343
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	4,797		—		—		4,797
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	29,785		—		—		29,785
Contingent earn-out liability	—		—		1,325		1,325
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	175,550	$	—	$	1,325	$	176,875

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $40,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 or 3 from other levels within the fair value hierarchy during the reported periods.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only under certain circumstances. These include cost method and equity method investments that are written down to fair value when a decline in the fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, and plant, property and equipment or goodwill that are written down to fair value when they are held for sale or determined to be impaired.

The Company uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of its investments on a non-recurring basis. The Company's two investments in noncontrolled entities do not have readily determinable fair values. Quoted prices of the investments are not available, and the cost of obtaining an independent valuation appears excessive considering the carrying value of the instruments to the Company. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the carrying value of the Company's investments totaled $8.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively. During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not record any impairments related to these investments.

The Company also uses Level 3 inputs to measure the fair value of goodwill and other intangibles on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at cost and are written down to fair value on the annual measurement dates or on the date of a triggering event, if impaired. As of March 31, 2018, there were no indications present that the Company's goodwill or other purchased intangibles were impaired, and therefore were not remeasured.

XML

Receivables

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Receivables [Abstract]

Receivables

RECEIVABLES

Receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Customer trade receivables	$	26,398		$	31,949
Wholesale trade advances	12,925			2,457
Due from brokers	1,967			4,919
Subtotal	41,290			39,325
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	(30		)	(30		)
Receivables, net	$	41,260		$	39,295

Customer Trade Receivables. Customer trade receivables represent short-term, non-interest bearing amounts due from precious metal sales, advances related to financing products, and other secured interests in assets of the customer. Also, the balance as of March 31, 2018 includes an estimate of the amount due from the seller of Goldline for $0.5 million for the difference between the initial provisional purchase price and the revised provisional purchase price (See Note 1).

Wholesale Trade Advances. Wholesale trade advances represent advances of various bullion products and cash advances for purchase commitments of precious metal inventory. Typically, these advances are unsecured, short-term, and non-interest bearing, and are made to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.

Due from Brokers. Due from brokers principally consists of the margin requirements held at brokers related to open futures contracts (see Note 11).

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on specifically identified receivables, which the Company has identified as potentially uncollectible. A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

in thousands
Period ended:	Beginning Balance		Provision		Charge-off		Ending Balance
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30
Year Ended June 30, 2017	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30

XML

Secured Loans Receivable

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Receivables [Abstract]

Secured Loans Receivable

SECURED LOANS RECEIVABLE

Below is a summary of the carrying value of our secured loans as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Secured loans originated	$	22,051		$	30,864
Secured loans originated - with a related party	9,352			—
	31,403			30,864
Secured loans acquired	78,090		(1)	60,374		(2)
Secured loans (current and long-term)	$	109,493		$	91,238

_________________________________

(1)    Includes $54,000 of loan premium as of March 31, 2018.

(2)    Includes $72,000 of loan premium as of June 30, 2017.

Secured Loans - Originated: Secured loans include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities, and long-term loans that are made to our customers. These loans are fully secured by the customers' assets that include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material, which are typically held in safekeeping by the Company. (See Note 13 for further information regarding our secured loans made to related parties.)

Secured Loans - Acquired: Secured loans also include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short term facilities that are purchased from our customers. The Company acquires a portfolio of their loan receivables at a price that approximates the aggregate carrying value of each loan in the portfolio, as determined on the effective transaction date. Each loan in the portfolio is fully secured by the borrowers' assets, which include bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic material that are held in safekeeping by the Company. Typically, the seller of the loan portfolio retains the responsibility for the servicing and administration of the loans.

    As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, our secured loans carried weighted-average effective interest rates of 9.6% and 9.2%, respectively, and mature in periods generally ranging typically from on-demand to one year.

The secured loans that the Company generates with active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an operating activity on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The secured loans that the Company generates with borrowers who are not active customers of A-Mark are reflected as an investing activity on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as secured loans, net. For the secured loans that are reflected as an investing activity and have terms that allow the borrower to increase their loan balance (at the discretion of the Company) based on the excess value of their collateral compared to their aggregate principal balance of loan and are repayable on demand or in the short-term, the borrowings and repayments are netted on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Credit Quality of Secured Loans Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company applies a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses for secured loan receivables. The secured loan receivables portfolio is comprised solely of secured loans with similar risk profiles. This similarity allows the Company to apply a standard methodology to determine the credit quality for each loan. The credit quality of each loan is generally determined by the secured material, the initial and ongoing collateral value determination and the assessment of loan-to-value determination. Typically, the Company's secured loan receivables within its portfolio have similar credit risk profiles and methods for assessing and monitoring credit risk.

The Company evaluates its loan portfolio in one of two classes of secured loan receivables: those loans secured by: 1) bullion items and 2) numismatic and semi-numismatic coins. The Company's secured loans by portfolio class, which align with management reporting, are as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Bullion	$	74,752	68.3	%	$	61,767	67.7	%
Numismatic and semi-numismatic	34,741		31.7		29,471		32.3
	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

Each of the two classes of secured loans receivables (bullion and numismatic & semi-numismatic) have the same initial measurement attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring credit risk. The methodology of assessing the credit quality of the secured loans acquired by the Company is similar to the secured loans originated by the Company; they are administered using the same internal reporting system, collateralized by precious metals, for which loan-to-value determination procedures are applied.

Credit Quality of Loans and Non-Performing Status

Generally, interest is due and payable within 30 days. A loan is considered past due if interest is not paid in 30 days or collateral calls are not met timely. Typically, loans do not achieve the threshold of non-performing status due to the fact that customers are generally put into default for any interest past due over 30 days and for unsatisfied collateral calls. When this occurs the loan collateral is typically liquidated within 90 days.

For certain secured loans, interest is billed monthly and, if not paid, is added to the outstanding loan balance. These secured loans are considered past due if their current loan-to-value ratio fails to meet established minimum equity levels, and the borrower fails to meet the collateral call required to reestablish the appropriate loan-to-value ratio.    

Non-performing loans have the highest probability for credit loss. The allowance for credit losses attributable to non-performing loans is based on the most probable source of repayment, which is normally the liquidation of collateral. In determining collateral value, the Company estimates the current market value of the collateral and considers credit enhancements such as additional collateral and third-party guarantees. Due to the accelerated liquidation terms of the Company's loan portfolio, all past due loans are generally liquidated within 90 days of default.

Further information about the Company's credit quality indicators includes differentiating by categories of current loan-to-value ratios. The Company desegregates its secured loans that are collateralized by precious metal products, as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Loan-to-value of 75% or more	$	63,369	57.9	%	$	60,432	66.2	%
Loan-to-value of less than 75%	46,124		42.1		30,806		33.8
Secured loans collateralized by precious metal products	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

    The Company had no loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 100% at March 31, 2018 or June 30, 2017.

Impaired loans

A loan is considered impaired if it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. Customer loans are reviewed for impairment and include loans that are past due, non-performing or in bankruptcy. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. Accrual is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are removed. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.

All loans are contractually subject to margin call. As a result, loans typically do not become impaired due to the fact the Company has the ability to require margin calls which are due upon receipt. Per the terms of the loan agreement, the Company has the right to liquidate the loan collateral in the event of a default. The collateral material is highly liquid and can easily be sold by the Company to pay off the loan. Such circumstances, this would result in a short term impairment that would typically result in full repayment of the loan and fees due to the Company.

For the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred no loan impairment costs.

XML

Inventories

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

INVENTORIES

Our inventory consists of the precious metals that the Company has physically received, and inventory held by third-parties, which, at the Company's option, it may or may not receive. Below, our inventory is summarized by classification at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventory held for sale	$	71,861	$	43,787
Repurchase arrangements with customers	72,567		92,496
Consignment arrangements with customers	14,162		7,368
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market	162		40
Borrowed precious metals	243,295		5,625
Product financing arrangements, restricted	97,370		135,343
	$	499,417	$	284,659

Inventory Held for Sale. Inventory held for sale represents precious metals, excluding commemorative coin inventory, that have been received by the Company that is not subject to repurchase or consignment arrangements with third parties. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the inventory held for sale totaled $71.9 million and $43.8 million, respectively.

Repurchase Arrangements with Customers. The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date, whereby the Company retains legal title to the metals.The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice.  Upon termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited. In situations when the Company uses the metal received from the customer as collateral for product financing arrangements or borrowed precious metals transactions, the inventory is reclassified to one of these other categories of inventory (see below). As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, included within inventory is $72.6 million and $92.5 million, respectively, of precious metals products subject to repurchase.

Consignment Arrangements with Customers. The Company periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis. Inventories loaned under consignment arrangements to customers as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 totaled $14.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Such transactions are recorded as sales and are removed from the Company's inventory at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the precious metals.

Commemorative Coins. Our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Our commemorative coins are not hedged, and are included in inventory at the lower of cost or market and totaled $162,000 and $40,000 as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

Borrowed Precious Metals. Borrowed precious metals inventories include: (1) unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, (2) amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, (3) metals held by suppliers as collateral on advanced pool metals, and (4) shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts due under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals, or cash. The Company's inventories included borrowed precious metals with market values totaling $243.3 million and $5.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, with a corresponding offsetting obligation reflected as liabilities on borrowed metals on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Product Financing Arrangements. Inventories include amounts for obligations under product financing arrangements. The Company enters into a product financing agreement for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, by the third party finance company. During the term of the financing, the third party finance company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the finance arrangement termination date. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40 Product Financing Arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing and the underlying inventory are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Such obligations totaled $97.4 million and $135.3 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventories and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions (see Note 11.) As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the unrealized gains (losses) resulting from the difference between market value and cost of physical inventories were $(3.7) million and $(4.5) million, respectively.

Premium component of inventory

The Company's inventories primarily include bullion and bullion coins and are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium is readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources. The premium is included in the cost of the inventory, paid at acquisition, and is a component of the total fair market value of the inventory. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged.

The Company’s inventories are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market", except for our commemorative coin inventory. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respects to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

The premium component, at market value, included in the inventories as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 totaled $3.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

XML

Plant, Property and Equipment

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Plant, Property and Equipment

PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Plant, property and equipment consists of the following at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Office furniture, and fixtures	$	2,055		$	1,638
Computer equipment	753			462
Computer software	3,471			2,386
Plant equipment	2,292			1,979
Building	320			315
Leasehold improvements	2,796			2,571
Total depreciable assets	11,687			9,351
Less: accumulated depreciation	(5,213		)	(3,885		)
Property and equipment not placed in service	1,353			1,105
Land	36			36
Plant, property and equipment, net	$	7,863		$	6,607

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $431,000 and $305,000, respectively. Depreciation expense for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $1,333,000 and $805,000, respectively.

Pursuant to the Company's acquisition of Goldline (see Note 1) the Company recorded approximately $1.8 million of additional property and equipment, which represents the approximate fair value of these assets.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In connection with the acquisition of A-Mark by Former Parent on July 1, 2005, the accounts of the Company were adjusted using the push down basis of accounting to recognize the allocation of the consideration paid to the respective net assets acquired. In accordance with the push down basis of accounting, the Company's net assets were adjusted to their fair values as of the date of the acquisition based upon an independent appraisal.

Due to the Company's business combination with AMST that closed on August 31, 2016, the Company recorded an additional $2.5 million and $4.3 million of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal. The Company’s investment in AMST has resulted in synergies between the acquired minting operation and the Company’s established distribution network by providing a more steady and reliable fabricated source of silver during times of market volatility. The Company considers that much of the acquired goodwill relates to the “ ready state” of AMST's established minting operation with existing quality processes, procedures and ability to scale production to meet market needs. 

Due to the Company's acquisition of Goldline (see Note 1), the Company recorded $5.0 million and $1.5 million of additional identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal and represents their fair values at the acquisition date. The Company’s investment in Goldline is expected to create synergies between Goldline's direct marketing operation and the Company’s established distribution network, secured storage and lending operations that is expected to lead to increased product margin spreads, lower distribution and storage costs for Goldline, and a larger customer base for the Company's secured lending operations.

The carrying value of goodwill and other purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 is as described below:

dollar amounts in thousands
		March 31, 2018							June 30, 2017
	Estimated Useful Lives (Years)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value
Identifiable intangible Assets:
Existing customer relationships	5 - 15	8,848		(5,239		)	3,609		6,447		(4,636		)	1,811
Non-compete and other	3 - 5	2,300		(2,039		)	261		2,000		(2,000		)	—
Employment agreement	3	295		(214		)	81		195		(195		)	—
Intangibles subject to amortization		11,443		(7,492		)	3,951		8,642		(6,831		)	1,811
Trade Name	Indefinite	$	4,454	$	—		$	4,454	$	2,254	$	—		$	2,254
		$	15,897	$	(7,492	)	$	8,405	$	10,896	$	(6,831	)	$	4,065
Goodwill	Indefinite	$	10,331	$	—		$	10,331	$	8,881	$	—		$	8,881

The Company's intangible assets are subject to amortization except for trade-names, which have an indefinite life. Intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives, which are estimated to be three to fifteen years. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $251,000 and $108,000, respectively. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible assets for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 was $661,000 and $315,000, respectively. For the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not identify any impairments related to the Company's goodwill or intangible assets.

Estimated amortization expense on an annual basis for the succeeding five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,	Amount
2018 (3 months remaining)	$	253
2019	1,012
2020	1,012
2021	621
2022	571
Thereafter	482
Total	$	3,951

XML

Long-Term Investments

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Equity Method Investments and Cost Method Investments [Abstract]

Long-Term Investments

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

The Company has two investments in privately-held entities, both of which are online precious metals retailers and customers of the Company. The Company has exclusive supplier agreements with each entity, for which these customers have agreed to purchase all bullion products required for their businesses exclusively from A-Mark, subject to certain limitations. The Company also provides fulfillment services to both of these customers. The following table shows the carrying value of the Company's investments in the privately held companies, categorized by type of investment:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Equity method investment	$	7,745	$	7,467
Cost method investment	500		500
	$	8,245	$	7,967

Equity Method Investment

The Company applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in which it has aggregate ownership interest of 20.6%. Under the equity method of accounting, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company's proportional share of the investee's reported earnings or losses with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense) on the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company's proportionate share of the investee’s net income (loss) totaled $99,000 and $(6,000) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company's proportionate share of the investee’s net income totaled $278,000 and $73,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Cost Method Investment

The Company applies the cost method to its investment in which its ownership percentage, based on the number of fully dilutive common shares outstanding, was 2.5% as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying balance of this investment was $0.5 million.

XML

Accounts Payable

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounts Payable, Current [Abstract]

Accounts Payable

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable consists of the following:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Trade payables to customers	$	677	$	277
Advances from customers	44,051		36,382
Liability on deferred revenue	3,983		3,777
Other accounts payable	3,122		1,511
	$	51,833	$	41,947

XML

Derivative Instrument and Hedging Transactions

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivative Instrument and Hedging Transactions

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

The Company is exposed to market risk, such as changes in commodity prices, and foreign exchange rates. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, the Company enters into various derivative products, such as forwards and futures contracts. By policy, the Company historically has entered into derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging substantially all of Company's market exposure to precious metals prices, and not for speculative purposes.

Commodity Price Management

The Company manages the value of certain assets and liabilities of its trading business, including trading inventories, by employing a variety of hedging strategies. These strategies include the management of exposure to changes in the market values of the Company's trading inventories through the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative instruments, such as, forwards and futures contracts.

The Company enters into derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory subject to price risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the nature of the Company's global hedging strategy, the Company is not using hedge accounting as defined under Topic 815 of the ASC, whereby the gains or losses would be deferred and included as a component of other comprehensive income. Instead, gains or losses resulting from the Company's futures and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments are reported as unrealized gains or losses on commodity contracts (a component of cost of sales) with the related unrealized amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as a derivative asset or liability on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company's trading inventories and purchase and sale transactions consist primarily of precious metal products. The value of these assets and liabilities are marked-to-market daily to the prevailing closing price of the underlying precious metals. The Company's precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes, created by changes in the underlying commodity market prices. Inventories purchased or borrowed by the Company are subject to price changes. Inventories borrowed are considered natural hedges, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier.

    The Company’s open sale and purchase commitments typically settle within 2 business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, the Company has the right to settle the positions upon demand. Futures and forwards contracts open at end of any period typically settle within 30 days. Open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures contracts.

The Company's policy is to substantially hedge its inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk. The Company regularly enters into precious metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge price changes that would cause changes in the value of its physical metals positions and purchase commitments and sale commitments. The Company has access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing it to place hedges. The Company also maintains relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center.

The Company’s management sets credit and position risk limits. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions with the Company. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of the difference (or intrinsic value) between market values and trade values at the trade date for open precious metals sale and purchase contracts, as adjusted on a daily basis for changes in market values of the underlying metals, until settled. The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of open precious metals forwards and futures contracts. The precious metals forwards and futures contracts are settled at the contract settlement date.

All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions (i.e., offsetting derivative instruments). Substantially all of these contracts are secured by the underlying metals positions. As such, for the Company's derivative contracts with the same counterparty, the receivables and payables have been netted on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Such derivative contracts include open sale and purchase commitments, futures, forwards and margin accounts. In the table below, the aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances are presented by contract type and type of hedge, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

	March 31, 2018										June 30, 2017
in thousands	Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative		Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative
Nettable derivative assets:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	1,968	$	(735	)	$	—		$	1,233	$	1,625	$	(694	)	$	—		$	931
Option contracts	144		—			—			144		—		—			—			—
Future contracts	1,059		—			—			1,059		1,273		—			—			1,273
Forward contracts	5,261		(62		)	—			5,199		15,754		(371		)	—			15,383
	$	8,432	$	(797	)	$	—		$	7,635	$	18,652	$	(1,065	)	$	—		$	17,587
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	15,203	$	(930	)	$	—		$	14,273	$	31,568	$	(1,783	)	$	—		$	29,785
Margin accounts	6,446		—			(2,605		)	3,841		7,936		—			(3,139		)	4,797
Liability of price protection programs	57		—			—			57		—		—			—			—
	$	21,706	$	(930	)	$	(2,605	)	$	18,171	$	39,504	$	(1,783	)	$	(3,139	)	$	34,582

Gains or Losses on Derivative Instruments

The Company records the derivative at the trade date with a corresponding unrealized gain (loss), shown as a component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales, and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contacts are recorded in cost of sales.

Below is a summary of the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
Unrealized gains (losses) on open future commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net	$	15,041		$	23,592		$	5,038	$	(11,241	)
Realized (losses) gains on future commodity contracts, net	(3,241		)	(193		)	8,781		15,631
	$	11,800		$	23,399		$	13,819	$	4,390

Summary of Hedging Activity

In a hedging relationship, the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument is offset to a great extent by the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, which shows the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, that is subject to price risk as of March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Inventory	$	499,417		$	284,659
Less unhedgable inventory:
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market	(162		)	(40		)
Premium on metals position	(3,375		)	(4,088		)
Inventory value not hedged	(3,537		)	(4,128		)
Subtotal	495,880			280,531
Commitments at market:
Open inventory purchase commitments	451,961			587,687
Open inventory sales commitments	(192,221		)	(121,602		)
Margin sale commitments	(6,446		)	(7,936		)
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk	(4,168		)	(3,931		)
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions	243			495
Borrowed precious metals	(243,295		)	(5,625		)
Product financing arrangements	(97,370		)	(135,343		)
Advances on industrial metals	5,885			1,580
Inventory subject to price risk	410,469			595,856
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values	322,750			462,231
Precious metals futures contracts at market values	87,106			133,450
Total market value of derivative financial instruments	409,856			595,681
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk	$	613		$	175

Notional Balances of Derivatives

The notional balances of the Company's derivative instruments, consisting of contractual metal quantities, are expressed at current spot prices of the underlying precious metal commodity. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had the following outstanding commitments and open forward and future contracts:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Purchase commitments	$	451,961		$	587,687
Sales commitments	$	(192,221	)	$	(121,602	)
Margin sales commitments	$	(6,446	)	$	(7,936	)
Open forward contracts	$	322,750		$	462,231
Open futures contracts	$	87,106		$	133,450

The contract amounts (i.e., notional balances) of the Company's forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase commitments are not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract and the trade amount at fair value.

The Company is exposed to the risk of failure of the counterparties to its derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by the Company when evaluating the fair value implications. The Company regularly reviews the creditworthiness of its major counterparties and monitors its exposure to concentrations. At March 31, 2018, the Company believes its risk of counterparty default is mitigated as a result of such evaluation and the short-term duration of these arrangements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Management

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its sale and purchase transactions. These contracts generally have maturities of less than one week. The accounting treatment of our foreign currency exchange derivative instruments is similar to the accounting treatment of our commodity derivative instruments, that is, the change in the value in the financial instrument is immediately recognized as a component of cost of sales. Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange derivative instruments shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $(32,000) and $21,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange derivative instruments shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income totaled $6,000 and $12,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The market values (fair values) of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and the net open sale and purchase commitment transactions, denominated in foreign currencies, outstanding are as follows:

in thousands	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Foreign exchange forward contracts	$	3,641	$	2,213
Open sale and purchase commitment transactions, net	$	2,918	$	2,235

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

INCOME TAXES

Income from operations before provision for income taxes is shown below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes	$	(1,484	)	$	2,138	$	(500	)	$	9,466

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return based on a June 30 tax year end. The benefit (expense) from provision for income taxes for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:

in thousands	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Federal	$	675		$	(571	)	$	109		$	(3,147	)
State and local	138			(282		)	107			(355		)
Foreign	(6		)	20			(7		)	20
Provision for income taxes	$	807		$	(833	)	$	209		$	(3,482	)

The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are set forth below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Effective tax rate	54.4	%	(39.0	)%	41.8	%	(36.8	)%

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

On December 22, 2017, the comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code. The Company has reviewed the anticipated tax impact of the recent legislation as it relates to the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2017 and going forward.

The SEC staff has issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 ("SAB 118"), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. In accordance with SAB 118, to the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but the Company is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act. A company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740.

The final transition impacts of the Tax Act may differ materially from our estimate, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the Tax Act, legislative action to address questions that arise as a result of the Tax Act, changes in accounting standards for income taxes or related interpretations in response to the Tax Act, and updates or changes to estimates the Company has utilized to calculate the transition impacts. The Company has estimated its deferred tax assets as of the date of enactment. In addition, the Company has estimated the amount of the deferred tax assets expected to reverse by the end of the year. To the extent there are updates or changes to these estimates, there will be an adjustment to the amount recorded as expense related to the implementation of the Tax Act. These tax law changes are the primary reasons for the abnormally high effective tax rate for the three and nine months periods ended March 31, 2018. The Company has been able to make reasonable estimates of the effects of elements of the Tax Act and has recorded provisional adjustments to incorporate these estimates in our financial statements.

With respect to deferred tax assets (net of deferred tax liabilities) that are in existence as of the enactment date (i.e., valued using a 35.0% federal tax rate), the Company has been negatively impacted by the (1) new corporate tax rates, and (2) the effective date of the new provision to preclude taxpayers from carrying net operating losses (NOLs) back to prior taxable years. This is because any realization of deferred taxes during the remaining portion of the fiscal year against taxable income will be realized at a lower 28.06% blended tax rate, or a 21.0% tax rate if realized after fiscal 2018. Further, to the extent the realization of such deferred tax assets were to exceed such taxable income, resulting in an NOL, such NOL can no longer be carried back to a prior tax year and can only be carried forward to subsequent years for realization at a 21.0% tax rate.

The Tax Act reduces the corporate tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. For fiscal year taxpayers, a blended tax rate is required to compute the current tax liability. The Company has adjusted its deferred tax rate to 21.0% or 28.06% as of December 22, 2017 depending upon when the temporary differences are expected to reverse. For certain of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, we have recorded a provisional decrease of $0.2 million, with a corresponding net adjustment to deferred income tax $0.2 million for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 which reflects the reduction from 35% to 28.06%. In addition, our effective tax rate includes an estimate of the amount of deferred taxes that will be realized at 21% versus the blended rate of 28.06% for the June 30, 2018 tax year. While we are able to make a reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in corporate rate, our estimate may be affected by other factors, including fluctuation in market pricing related to our inventory and related hedging activity. Accordingly, our estimate of the timing of the reversal of these items may ultimately impact the tax rate which is applied to the reversal of certain timing differences. The Company anticipates analyzing any adjustments each quarter and plans to finalize any adjustment within the allowable measurement period.

Tax Balances and Activity

Income Taxes Receivable and Payable

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, income taxes receivable totaled $1.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, income taxes payable totaled $0.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized by evaluating both positive and negative evidence. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, management concluded that with the exception of certain state net operating losses, it was more likely than not that the Company would be able to realize the benefit of the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. We based this conclusion on historical and projected operating performance, as well as our expectation that our operations will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax assets.

As of March 31, 2018, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of $1.5 million and a federal deferred tax asset of $2.7 million. As of June 30, 2017, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax asset of $1.4 million and a federal deferred tax asset of $2.5 million.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Valuation Allowances

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company's state and city net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $14.4 million and $12.5 million, respectively. The Company's tax-effected net operating loss carryforwards totaled, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in the year ending June 30, 2028. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had $56,000 and $56,000, respectively, of valuation allowance for certain state and city net operating loss carryforwards, based on the Company's annual assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax assets. The change in state net operating loss is a result of a change in the estimated use of net operating losses at June 30, 2017 versus the actual amount used when completed tax returns were filed.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company has taken or expects to take certain tax benefits on its income tax return filings that it has not recognized a tax benefit (i.e., an unrecognized tax benefit) on its consolidated statements of income. The Company's measurement of its uncertain tax positions is based on management's assessment of all relevant information, including, but not limited to prior audit experience, audit settlement, or lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. For the nine months ended March 31, 2018, there was no material change in unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties.

Tax Examinations

Refer to Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report for information relating to open tax examinations; there have been no significant changes.

XML

Related Party Transactions

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Former Parent and its Subsidiaries

In addition to transactions with other affiliates as indicated below, the Company engages with Stack’s Bowers Numismatics LLC ("Stack's Bowers"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Former Parent, in (i) sales and purchase transactions, and (ii) transactions in which the Company assists Stack’s Bowers in financing the purchase of rare coins and precious metals products, both through precious metal repurchase arrangements in which the Company receives a fee based upon the commodity value of the coins, and through loans to Stack’s Bowers from CFC secured by the coins or precious metal. The effect of these transactions is included in the following tables.

Balances with Affiliated Companies or Persons

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had related party receivables and payables balances as set forth below:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018						June 30, 2017
	Receivables			Payables			Receivables		Payables
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	9,825	(1)	$	—		$	—	$	27
Equity method investee	—			239		(2)	—		558
SilverTowne	—			185		(3)	—		1,768
Goldline Lenders	—			7,870		(4)	—		—
	$	9,825		$	8,294		—		$	2,353
_________________________________
(1) Balance principally includes two secured lines of credit with a balance of $3.0 million and $6.3 million (shown as a component of secured loans receivables). See "Secured Lines of Credit with Stack's Bowers", below.
(2) Balance represents mostly open trade receivables.
(3) Balance (net) includes (a) a trade receivables of $0.4 million (shown as a component of receivables), and (b) a contingent earn-out liability of $0.6 million (shown as a component of other long-term liabilities).
(4) Balance includes the face value the Goldline Credit Facility of $7.5 million, and the associated estimated debt funding fees payable of $0.4 million (shown as debt obligation - related party). The Goldline Credit facility and the debt funding fee are payable in August 2020.

Secured Lines of Credit with Stack's Bowers

On September 19, 2017, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Stack's Bowers providing a secured line of credit, bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum, with a maximum borrowing line of $5.3 million. The loan is secured by precious metals, numismatic products. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was $3.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

On March 1, 2018, CFC entered into a loan agreement with Stack's-Bowers providing a secured line of credit on the wholesale value (i.e., the excess over the spot value of the metal), of numismatic products bearing interest at a competitive rate per annum, with a maximum borrowing line of $10.0 million. In addition to the annual rate of interest, the Company is entitled to receive a participation interest equal to10% on the net profits realized by Stack's Bowers on the ultimate sale of the products. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate carrying value of this loan was $6.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Note payable to SilverTowne

On August 31, 2016, the Company signed a $500,000 promissory note with SilverTowne that was payable in one year related to our acquisition of AMST. This note was paid in full in August 2017.

Long Term Debt Obligations with Goldline Lenders

As of March 31, 2018, the carrying value of the long term debt obligation payable to Goldline Lenders totaled $6,993,000, and is shown in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as debt obligations (related party). The face value of this debt obligation is $7,500,000 and the related unamortized loan funding fee, a contra-liability, totaled $507,000 as of March 31, 2018 (see Note 14). The estimated loan funding fee payable to Goldline Lenders as of March 31, 2018 totaled $370,000 and is shown on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as component of other long-term liabilities.

Activity with Affiliated Companies or Persons

Sales and Purchases Made to Affiliated Companies

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company made sales and purchases to various companies, which have been deemed to be related parties, as follows:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	12,189	$	211,120	$	16,410	$	15,105	$	24,686	$	214,661	$	38,077	$	38,441
Equity method investee	98,876		2,769		126,354		—		293,163		3,797		392,890		812
SilverTowne	5,101		699		5,156		1,210		12,384		7,078		23,975		3,952
	$	116,166	$	214,588	$	147,920	$	16,315	$	330,233	$	225,536	$	454,942	$	43,205

Interest Income Earned from Affiliated Companies

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company earned interest income related to loans made to Stack's Bowers and related to financing arrangements (including repurchase agreements) with affiliated companies, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest income from secured loans receivables	$	88	$	118	$	141	$	150
Interest income from finance products	994		777		2,114		2,132
	$	1,082	$	895	$	2,255	$	2,282

Interest Expense Incurred Related to Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt Obligation

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred interest related to notes payable due to SilverTowne and a long-term debt payable to the Goldline Lenders, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest expense incurred related to notes payable	$	—	$	—	$	4	$	—
Interest expense incurred related to long-term debt obligation	226		—		505		—
	$	226	$	—	$	509	$	—

Other Income Earned from Equity Method Investee

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income (loss) as other income (expense) that total $99,000 and $(6,000), respectively. During the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded its proportional share of its equity method investee's net income (loss) as other income (expense) that total $278,000 and $73,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the carrying balance of the equity method investment was $7.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

XML

Financing Agreements

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Financing Agreements

FINANCING AGREEMENTS

Lines of Credit

The Company has an uncommitted demand revolving credit facility ("Trading Credit Facility”) provided to the Company by a syndicate of financial institutions, with Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A. ("Rabobank") acting as lead lender and administrative agent and Natixis, New York Branch acting as syndication agent.  The Trading Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets on a first priority basis.  As of March 31, 2018, the Trading Credit Facility provided the Company with access up to $275.0 million, featuring a $225.0 million base (which included a $15.0 million temporary increase in line of credit that expired April 30, 2018), with a $50.0 million accordion option. The Trading Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on March 29, 2019. As of March 31, 2018, the Company incurred $1.9 million of loan costs in connection with the Trading Credit Facility, which was capitalized and is being amortized over the term of the Trading Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the remaining unamortized balance was approximately $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company routinely uses the Trading Credit Facility to purchase and finance precious metals and for operating cash flow purposes. Amounts under the Trading Credit Facility bear interest based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a 2.50% margin for revolving credit line loans and a 4.50% margin for bridge loans (that is, for loans that exceed the available revolving credit line). The one-month LIBOR rate was approximately 1.88% and 1.17% as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively. Borrowings are due on demand and totaled $210.0 million and $180.0 million at March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017, respectively. The amounts available under the respective borrowing facilities are determined at the end of each week following a specified borrowing base formula.  The Company is able to access additional credit as needed to finance operations, subject to the overall limits of the borrowing facilities and lender approval of the revised borrowing base calculation. Based on the latest approved borrowing bases in effect, the amounts available under the Trading Credit Facility after taking into account current borrowings, totaled $10.2 million and $45.6 million as determined on the Friday before March 31, 2018 and on Friday, June 30, 2017, respectively.

The Trading Credit Facility has certain restrictive financial covenants, including one requiring the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth. As of March 31, 2018 the minimum tangible net worth financial covenant under the Trading Credit Facility was $47.5 million. The Company is in compliance with all restrictive financial covenants as of March 31, 2018.

Interest expense related to the Company’s lines of credit totaled $2.1 million and $1.7 million, which represents 57.9% and 64.5% of the total interest expense recognized, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our lines of credit carried a daily weighted average effective interest rate of 3.97% and 3.22%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Interest expense related to the Company’s lines of credit totaled $5.8 million and $4.8 million, which represents 59.9% and 64.3% of the total interest expense recognized, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our lines of credit carried a daily weighted average effective interest rate of 3.85% and 3.08%, respectively, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

Debt Obligation

On August 28, 2017, in connection with the closing of the Goldline acquisition (see Note 1), Goldline, then known as Goldline Acquisition Corp., entered into a privately placed credit facility in the amount of $7.5 million (the “Goldline Credit Facility”) with various lenders (the "Goldline Lenders"). Borrowings under the Goldline Credit Facility were used to finance a portion of the consideration payable pursuant to the Goldline acquisition.

The Goldline Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Goldline , and is guaranteed by the Company. Interest on the Goldline Credit Facility is payable quarterly in arrears at the rate of 8.5% per annum, and the Goldline Lenders under the Goldline Credit Facility are entitled to an additional funding fee payment at maturity equal to the greater of 3.0% of the principal amount of the Goldline Credit Facility and 10.0% of cumulative EBITDA (for the periods ending June 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020) of Goldline in excess of $10.0 million, on a pro rata basis. The Goldline Credit Facility has a three-year maturity, and all outstanding principal and unpaid interest is due upon maturity (August 28, 2020).

As of March 31, 2018, the carrying balance of the Goldline Credit facility was $7.0 million, and the remaining unamortized loan cost balance was approximately $0.5 million, which is amortized ratably through the maturity date. As of March 31, 2018, the balance of the loan fee payable was $0.5 million, of which $0.3 million was estimated based on discounted cash flow model of Goldline's projected results.

Interest expense related to the Goldline Credit Facility (including debt loan amortization costs) totaled $226,000 which represents 6.2% of the total interest expense recognized, for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Goldline Credit Facility's weighted average effective interest rate was 9.19% for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Interest expense related to the Goldline Credit Facility (including debt loan amortization costs) totaled $505,000 which represents 5.2% of the total interest expense recognized, for the nine months ended March 31, 2018. The Goldline Credit Facility's weighted average effective interest rate was 9.30% for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

The obligations of Goldline and the Company under the Goldline Credit Facility are subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Trading Credit Facility (see Lines of Credit, above in Note 14). Under the subordination agreements, the Goldline Lenders are permitted to collect regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest, provided that no event of default is continuing under the Trading Credit Facility and the Company is in pro-forma compliance with the financial covenants under the Trading Credit Facility.

Goldline Lenders

The following table shows the directors, executive officer and principal stockholder that participated in the Goldline Credit Facility transaction, and provides related information:

Goldline Lenders	Position/Relationship		Amount of Company Indebtedness Acquired (1)
Gregory N. Roberts	Chief Executive Officer, Director and principal stockholder	(2)	$	587,500	(2)
William D. Richardson	Principal stockholder	(3)	587,500		(3)
Jeffrey D. Benjamin	Chairman of the Board and Director		1,000,000
Ellis Landau	Director		375,000
William Montgomery	Director		1,500,000
Jess Ravich	Director		500,000		(4)
			4,550,000
7 other persons	Non-affiliated members		2,950,000
			$	7,500,000

_________________________________
(1)	The amount shown is expected to remain outstanding throughout the term of the Goldline Credit Facility, with repayment due in August 2020.
(2)	Silver Bow Ventures LLC (“Silver Bow”) is the Lender. Mr. Roberts holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(3)	Silver Bow is the Lender. Mr. Richardson holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(4)	Libra Securities Holdings, LLC is the Lender. Mr. Ravich and a trust for his family members holds 100% of the ownership interests and controls Libra Securities Holdings, LLC.

Liability on Borrowed Metals

The Company's inventories included borrowed precious metals with market values totaling $243.3 million and $5.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, with the corresponding liability on borrowed metals reflected on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Metals held as collateral on advanced pool metals

The Company borrows precious metals from its suppliers and customers under short-term agreements. Amounts under these arrangements require repayment either in a similar type of precious metals borrowed or cash. The Company has the ability to sell the precious metals borrowed during the time such obligation is outstanding as long as such precious metals are repurchased, if needed under the terms of the arrangement, to make repayment of the obligation in kind (i.e., deliver precious metals in exchange for the specified precious metal collateral held by the customer).

Liability on borrowed metals - Others

Liabilities also arise from: (1) unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, (2) amounts due to suppliers for the use of consigned inventory, and (3) shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory.

Product Financing Arrangements

The Company has agreements with financial institutions (third parties) that allows the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with these third parties. Such agreements allow the Company to repurchase this inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. The third party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charges are classified in interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales, and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the product financing obligation and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Such obligation totaled $97.4 million and $135.3 million as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2017 Annual Report for information relating to minimum rental payments under operating and capital leases, consulting and employment contracts, and other commitments. Other than the following items, the Company is not aware of any material changes to commitments as summarized the 2017 Annual Report. In connection with the Goldline acquisition (see Note 1):

• the Company has guaranteed all of the obligations of Goldline under the Goldline Credit Facility (this guarantee is unconditional and constitutes a guarantee of payment and not merely of collection) (see Note 14);

• the Company leases approximately 19,700 square feet of office space in Los Angeles, California at a cost of $2.45 per square foot per month. The term of the lease is 7 years with annual base rent increases of 3%. The term of this lease expires on February 28, 2022 and the Company has the option to renew the lease term for an additional 5 years at the then current market rate. The lease requires the payment of related property taxes, insurance, maintenance and other cost related to the leased property;

• the Company provided the landlord of the office space in Los Angeles, California a standby letter of credit for $500,000 in value in lieu of of a security deposit. This letter of credit is renewed annually and reduces each lease anniversary date as provided in the lease agreement; and

• approximately 80 employees of Goldline were eligible to roll over funds from Goldline's 401(k) plan into A-Mark's 401(k) plan at the Closing Date. Goldline employees became eligible to make payroll contributions in A-Mark's 401(k) plan beginning on November 1, 2017. Employees' contributions are discretionary to a maximum of 90% of compensation. For all plan members, the Company contributes 30% of the eligible employees' contributions to the IRS maximum annual contribution.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Payment of Dividends

    In fiscal 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company initiated a cash dividend policy that calls for the payment of quarterly dividends. The table below summarizes the eight most recent quarterly dividends declared pursuant to this policy:

Dividend Declaration Date	Record Date  (at close of Business)	Type of Dividend	Basis of Payment			Payment Date
April 29, 2016	May 13, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	May 27, 2016
September 7, 2016	September 19, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	October 7, 2016
November 1, 2016	November 14, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	December 1, 2016
January 26, 2017	February 8, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 24, 2017
May 2, 2017	May 15, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	May 25, 2017
August 30, 2017	September 18, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	September 27, 2017
November 13, 2017	November 24, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	December 13, 2017
January 30, 2018	February 13, 2018	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 27, 2018

2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan

Prior to the Distribution, the Company’s Board of Directors ("Board") adopted and the Company's then sole stockholder approved the 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, which was approved by the Company's stockholders in February 2015. On November 2, 2017, the Company's stockholders approved the amended and restated 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"), to (i) increase the available shares authorized for issuance under the plan by 525,000 shares, (ii) extend the term of the 2014 Plan until 2027, an additional five years, and (iii) eliminate provisions that add back to the share reserve shares surrendered or withheld to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to cover tax withholding obligations for any type of award, and shares as to which a stock appreciation right is exercised that exceed the number of shares actually delivered.

Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant options and other equity awards as a means of attracting and retaining officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants, to provide incentives to such persons, and to align the interests of such persons with the interests of stockholders by providing compensation based on the value of the Company's stock. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted in the form of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards (which may include outright grants of shares). The 2014 Plan also authorizes grants of performance-based cash incentive awards. The 2014 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which, in its discretion, may select officers and other employees, directors (including non-employee directors) and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries to receive grants of awards. The Board of Directors itself may perform any of the functions of the Compensation Committee under the 2014 Plan.

Under the 2014 Plan, the exercise price of options and base price of SARs, as set by the Compensation Committee, generally may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, and the maximum term of stock options and SARs is 10 years. The 2014 Plan limits the number of share-denominated awards that may be granted to any one eligible person to 250,000 shares in any fiscal year. Also, in the case of non-employee directors, the 2014 Plan limits the maximum grant-date fair value at $300,000 of stock-denominated awards granted to a director in a given fiscal year, except for a non-employee Chairman of the Board whose grant-date fair value maximum is $600,000 per fiscal year. The 2014 Plan will terminate when no shares remain available for issuance and no awards remain outstanding; however, the authority to grant new awards will terminate on December 13, 2022.

As of March 31, 2018, 577,112 shares were available for grant under the 2014 Plan.

Valuation and Significant Assumptions of Equity Awards Issued

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses various inputs such as the estimated common share price, the risk-free interest rate, volatility, expected life and dividend yield, all of which are estimates.

Stock Options

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred $282,105 and $254,747 of compensation expense related to stock options, respectively. During the nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred $1,020,585 and $675,180 of compensation expense related to stock options, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, there was total remaining compensation expense of $1.4 million related to employee stock options, which will be recorded over a weighted average period of approximately 1.9 years.

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

	Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Award
Outstanding at June 30, 2017	741,327		$	17.89	$	1,514	$	6.19
Granted	116,605		$	17.23
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures	(4,917	)	$	19.21
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	853,015		$	17.80	$	612	$	6.04
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	419,014		$	14.70	$	612	$	6.06

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2018:

				Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Exercise Price Ranges				Number of Shares Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares Exercisable	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price
From		To
$	—	$	10.00	134,239	4.60	$	8.39	134,239	4.60	$	8.39
$	10.01	$	15.00	98,888	4.53	$	11.94	98,888	4.53	$	11.94
$	15.01	$	25.00	519,888	8.47	$	19.86	160,887	8.41	$	19.99
$	25.01	$	60.00	100,000	7.90	$	25.50	25,000	7.90	$	25.50
				853,015	7.34	$	17.80	419,014	6.24	$	14.70

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with its Board. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions provide for a Board with staggered terms, allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock, or impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions.

XML

Customer and Supplier Concentrations

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Customer and Supplier Concentrations

CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATIONS

Customer Concentration

Customers providing 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 are presented on a comparative basis in the table below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	100.0	%	$	1,730,845	100.0	%	$	5,839,491	100.0	%	$	5,662,859	100.0	%
Customer concentrations
HSBC Bank USA	$	606,966	30.4	%	$	293,686	17.0	%	$	1,525,739	26.1	%	$	1,268,160	22.4	%
Mitsubishi Intl. Corp.	401,127		20.1		322,842		18.7		1,321,001		22.6		827,583		14.6
	$	1,008,093	50.5	%	$	616,528	35.7	%	$	2,846,740	48.7	%	$	2,095,743	37.0	%

The loss of any of the above listed customers could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company.

Supplier Concentration

The Company buys precious metals from a variety of sources, including through brokers and dealers, from sovereign and private mints, from refiners and directly from customers. The Company believes that no one or small group of suppliers is critical to its business, since other sources of supply are available that provide similar products on comparable terms.

XML

Segment and Geographic Information

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment and Geographic Information

SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting, each reporting period, including evaluating the organizational structure the reporting package reviewed by the Chief Operation Decision Maker (“CODM”). The Company has concluded the Chief Executive Officer and the President collectively act as the CODM. The Company's operations are organized under two business segments — Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services and Direct Sales.

Our Direct Sales segment was created on August 28, 2017 as a result of our recent acquisition (see Note 1), and thus comparative prior period data is not available ("N/A").

Revenue

in thousands
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Revenue by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	1,977,273		$	1,730,845	$	5,782,135		$	5,662,859
Direct Sales	17,690		(1)	N/A		57,356		(2)	N/A
Total revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491		$	5,662,859
_________________________________
(1) Includes $4.3 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(2) Includes $21.9 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Revenue by geographic region (as determined by the shipping address or where the services were performed):
United States	$	1,851,752	$	1,579,302	$	5,483,566	$	5,298,549
Europe	77,580		100,731		204,960		204,316
North America, excluding United States	64,463		49,154		146,237		149,204
Asia Pacific	684		596		2,410		7,170
Africa	—		—		1		—
Australia	484		1,062		2,317		3,620
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491	$	5,662,859

Gross Profit and Gross Margin Percentage

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Gross profit by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	6,748		$	7,332		$	19,561		$	25,255
Direct Sales	679			N/A			4,088			N/A
Total gross profit	$	7,427		$	7,332		$	23,649		$	25,255
Gross margin percentage by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	0.341		%	0.424		%	0.338		%	0.446		%
Direct Sales	3.838		%	N/A			7.127		%	N/A
Weighted average gross margin percentage	0.372		%	0.424		%	0.405		%	0.446		%

Operating Expenses and Income

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Operating income and expenses by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services
General and administrative expenses	$	(5,787	)	$	(5,989	)	$	(17,304	)	$	(17,784	)
Interest income	$	4,087		$	3,283		$	10,516		$	9,101
Interest expense	$	(3,416	)	$	(2,700	)	$	(9,229	)	$	(7,388	)
Other income, net	$	67		$	212		$	817		$	282
Direct Sales
General and administrative expenses	$	(3,636	)	N/A			$	(8,444	)	N/A
Interest expense	$	(226	)	N/A			$	(505	)	N/A

Depreciation and Amortization

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Depreciation and amortization by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(386	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,170	)	$	(1,120	)
Direct Sales	(296		)	N/A			(824		)	N/A
Total depreciation and amortization	$	(682	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,994	)	$	(1,120	)

Advertising expense

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Advertising expense by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(165	)	$	(176	)	$	(467	)	$	(542	)
Direct Sales	(796		)	N/A			(2,070		)	N/A
Total advertising expense	$	(961	)	$	(176	)	$	(2,537	)	$	(542	)

Inventory

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	490,789	$	284,659
Direct Sales	8,628		N/A
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by geographic region
United States	$	493,720	$	276,809
Europe	2,100		3,154
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	687,458	$	478,500
Direct Sales	19,360		N/A
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by geographic region
United States	$	696,161	$	469,114
Europe	7,060		4,690
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

Long-term Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	31,499	$	31,479
Direct Sales	7,543		N/A
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by geographic region
United States	$	38,987	$	31,423
Europe	55		56
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

Capital Expenditures for Property and Equipment

in thousands
	Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Capital expenditures on property and equipment by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	673	$	1,932
Direct Sales	148		N/A
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment	$	821	$	1,932

Goodwill

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Goodwill by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	8,881	$	8,881
Direct Sales	1,450		N/A
Total goodwill	$	10,331	$	8,881

XML

Subsequent Events

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Stock Repurchase Plan

On April 26, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program for up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s stock.  The actual number of shares repurchased and the timing of repurchases will be determined by the Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including stock price, trading volume, general market conditions, working capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program has no time limit and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time.

Suspension of Dividend for Quarter Ended March 31, 2018

The Company's Board of Directors recently determined to suspend the Company's quarterly dividend for the third fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 in order to increase its financial flexibility and strengthen its balance sheet. The Board of Directors will re-assess its capital resources for the fourth fiscal quarter and may or may not determine to reinstate the dividend based on that assessment.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the financial condition, results of operations, statement of stockholder equity and cash flows of the Company, and were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of A-Mark, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CFC, AMTAG, TDS, Logistics, Goldline and its majority owned affiliate AMST (collectively the “Company”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include, among others, determination of fair value, allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment assessments of plant, property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation allowance determination on deferred tax assets, contingent earn-out liabilities, contingent interest liabilities, and revenue recognition judgments. Significant estimates also include the Company's fair value determination with respect to its financial instruments and precious metals inventory. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Cash is maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances.

Assets that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of receivables, loans of inventory to customers, and inventory hedging transactions. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited due to the large number of customers composing the Company's customer base, the geographic dispersion of the customers, and the collateralization of substantially all receivable balances. Based on an assessment of credit risk, the Company typically grants collateralized credit to its customers. The Company enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. Credit risk with respect to loans of inventory to customers is minimal. All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Foreign Currency

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company is the United States dollar ("USD"). Also, the functional currency of the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, AMTAG, is USD, but it maintains its books of record in Euros. The Company remeasures the financial statements of AMTAG into USD. The remeasurement of local currency amounts into USD creates remeasurement gains and losses, which are included in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts. These derivatives generate gains and losses when they are settled and/or when they are marked to market. The change in the value in the derivative instruments is shown on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of income as unrealized net gains (losses) on foreign exchange.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of a business are expensed as incurred and excluded from the fair value of consideration transferred. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests, if any, in an acquired entity, net of fair value of any previously held interest in the acquired entity, is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities.

Contingent consideration is classified as a liability or equity, as applicable. Contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of a business is measured at fair value on the acquisition date, and unless classified as equity, is remeasured at fair value each reporting period thereafter until the consideration is settled, with changes in fair value included in net income.

Net cash paid to acquire a business is classified as investing activities on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of cash flow.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories principally include bullion and bullion coins that are acquired and initially recorded at fair market value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins is comprised of two components: (1) published market values attributable to the costs of the raw precious metal, and (2) a published premium paid at acquisition of the metal. The premium is attributable to the additional value of the product in its finished goods form and the market value attributable solely to the premium may be readily determined, as it is published by multiple reputable sources.

The Company’s inventories, except for certain lower of cost or market basis products (as discussed below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market values, that is, "marked-to-market". The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventories is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or market, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Neither the commemorative coin inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged (see Note 6.)

Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using a straight line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three years to twenty-five years. Depreciation commences when the related assets are placed into service. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage. Internal-use software costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Land is recorded at historical cost, and is not depreciated. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We have no major planned maintenance activities related to our plant assets associated with our minting operations.

The Company reviews the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating for impairment, the carrying value of each asset is compared to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference when the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted estimated future cash flows. The factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current and projected operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the these assets are used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand and competition, as well as other economic factors.

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and employment contracts which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their economic useful lives ranging from three years to fifteen years. We review our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment under the same policy described above for plant, property, and equipment; that is, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles (such as trade names) are not subject to amortization, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually. However, for tax purposes, goodwill acquired in connection with a taxable asset acquisition is generally deductible.

The Company evaluates its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist) in accordance with the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic 350 of the ASC. The Company may first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. A qualitative assessment includes analyzing current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit such as changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.

If, based on this qualitative assessment, management determines that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a two-step impairment test is performed. The first step in this test includes comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step in the test is performed, which is measurement of the impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, as if the reporting unit has been acquired in a business combination, to its carrying amount.

Long-Term Investments

Long-Term Investments

Investments in privately-held entities that are at least 20% but less than 50% owned by the Company are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the carrying value of the investment is adjusted for the Company’s proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses, with the corresponding share of earnings or losses reported in other income (expense). The carrying value of the investment is reduced by the amount of the dividends received from the equity-method investee, as they are considered a return of capital.

Investments in privately-held entities that are less than 20% owned by the Company are accounted for using the cost method, unless the Company can exercise significant influence or the investee is economically dependent upon the Company, in which case the equity method is used. Under the cost method, investments are carried at cost and other income is recorded when dividends are received from the cost-method investee.

We evaluate our long-term investments for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable.

Fair Value Measurement

Fair Value Measurement

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic 820 of the ASC ("ASC 820"), creates a single definition of fair value for financial reporting. The rules associated with ASC 820 state that valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach should be used to estimate fair value. Selection of a valuation technique, or multiple valuation techniques, depends on the nature of the asset or liability being valued, as well as the availability of data (see Note 3.)

Contingent Earn-out Liability

We record an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration related to the earn-out obligation to SilverTowne LP related to the SilverTowne Mint acquisition. On a quarterly basis, we revalue the liability and record increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to earnings. Changes to the contingent consideration liability can result from adjustments to the discount rate, or from changes to the estimates of future throughput activity of AMST, which are considered Level 3 inputs (see Note 3). Consequentially, the assumptions used in estimating fair value require significant judgment. The use of different assumptions and judgments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Settlement Date Accounting

Substantially all of the Company’s sales of precious metals are conducted using sales contracts that meet the definition of derivative instruments in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). The contract underlying A-Mark’s commitment to deliver precious metals is referred to as a “fixed-price forward commodity contract” because the price of the commodity is fixed at the time the order is placed. Revenue is recognized on the settlement date, which is defined as the date on which: (1) the quantity, price and specific items being purchased have been established, (2) metals have been delivered to the customer, and (3) payment has been received or is covered by the customer’s established credit limit with the Company.

All derivative instruments are marked to market during the interval between the trade date and the settlement date, with the changes in the fair value charged to cost of sales. The Company’s hedging strategy to mitigate the market risk associated with its sales commitments is described separately below under the caption “Hedging Activities.”

Trades Types of Products that are Physically Delivered

The Company’s contracts to sell precious metals to customers are usually settled with the physical delivery of metals to the customer, although net settlement (i.e., settlement at an amount equal to the difference between the contract value and the market price of the metal on the settlement date) is permitted. Below is a summary of the Company’s major trade order types and the key factors that determine when settlement occurs and when revenue is recognized for each type:

• Traditional physical trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined on the trade date. Payment or sufficient credit is verified prior to delivery of the metals on the settlement date.

• Consignment trade orders -- The Company delivers the items requested by the customer prior to establishing a firm trade order with a price. Settlement occurs and revenue is recognized once the customer confirms its order (quantity, specific product and price) and remits full payment for the sale.

• Provisional trade orders -- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the price is not set. The customer commits to purchasing the metals within a specified time period, usually within one year, at the then-current market price. The Company delivers the metal to the customer after receiving the customer’s deposit, which is typically based on 110% of the prevailing current spot price. The unpriced metal is subject to a margin call if the deposit falls below 105% of the value of the unpriced metal. The purchase price is established and revenue is recognized at the time the customer notifies the Company that it desires to purchase the metal.

• Margin trade orders -- The quantity, specific product and price are determined at trade date; however, the customer is allowed to finance the transaction through the Company and to defer delivery by committing to remit a partial payment (approximately 20%) of the total order price. With the remittance of the partial payment, the customer locks in the purchase price for a specified time period (usually up to two years from the trade date). Revenue on margin trade orders is recognized when the order is paid in full and delivered to the customer.

• Borrowed precious metals trade orders-- The quantity and type of metal is established at the trade date, but the specific product is not yet determined. Revenue is not recognized until the customer selects the specific precious metal product it wishes to purchase, full payment is received, and the product is delivered to the customer.

Hedging Activities

Hedging Activities

The value of our inventory and our purchase and sale commitments are linked to the prevailing price of the underlying precious metal commodity. The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity and enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges or forward contracts with credit worthy financial institutions. The Company hedges by each commodity type (gold, silver, platinum, and palladium). All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Commodity forward, futures and option contracts entered into for hedging purposes are recorded at fair value on the trade date and are marked to market each period. The difference between the original contract values and the market values of these contracts are reflected as derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with the corresponding unrealized gain or losses included as a component of cost of sales. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales and the net realized gains and losses for futures and option contracts are recorded in cost of sales.

The Company enters into futures, forward and option contracts solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk and our liability on price protection programs, and not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income (see Note 11.)

Interest Income

Other Sources of Revenue

In accordance with the Revenue Recognition Topic 605 of the ASC ("ASC 605") storage and logistics services revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, no obligations remain and collection is probable.

Interest Income

In accordance with the Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835") following are interest income generating activities of the Company:

• Secured Loans-- The Company uses the effective interest method to recognize interest income on its secured loans transactions.  The Company maintains a security interest in the precious metals and records interest income over the terms of the secured loan receivable. Recognition of interest income is suspended and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. The interest income accrual is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are resolved. Cash receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the principal and then to any unrecognized interest income (see Note 5.)

• Margin accounts-- The Company earns a fee (interest income) under financing arrangements related to margin trade orders over the period during which customers have opted to defer making full payment on the purchase of metals.

• Repurchase agreements--Repurchase agreements represent a form of secured financing whereby the Company sets aside specific metals for a customer and charges a fee on the outstanding value of these metals. The customer is granted the option (but not the obligation) to repurchase these metals at any time during the open reacquisition period. This fee is earned over the duration of the open reacquisition period and is classified as interest income.

• Spot deferred trade orders-- Spot deferred trade orders are a special type of forward delivery trade that enable customers to purchase or sell certain precious metals from/to the Company at an agreed upon price but, are allowed to delay remitting or taking delivery up to a maximum of two years from the date of trade. Even though the contact allows for physical delivery, it rarely occurs for this type trade. As a result, revenue is not recorded from these transactions, because no product is delivered to the customer. Spot deferred trades are considered a type of financing transactions, where the Company earns a fee (interest income) under spot deferred arrangements over the period in which trade is open.

Interest Expense

Interest Expense

The Company accounts for interest expense on the following arrangements in accordance with Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835"):

• Borrowings-- The Company incurs interest expense from its lines of credit and its debt obligations (related party) using the effective interest method (see Note 14.) Additionally, the Company amortizes capitalized loan fee costs to interest expense over the period of the loan agreement.

• Loan servicing fees-- When the Company purchases loan portfolios, the Company may have the seller service the loans that were purchased. The Company incurs a fee based on total interest charged to borrowers over the period the loans are outstanding. The servicing fee incurred by the Company is charged to interest expense.

• Product financing arrangements-- The Company incurs financing fees (classified as interest expense) from its product financing arrangements (also referred to as reverse-repurchase arrangements) with third party finance companies for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its precious metal inventory at a later date. These arrangements are accounted for as secured borrowings. During the term of this type of agreement, the third party charges a monthly fee as a percentage of the market value of the designated inventory, which the Company intends to reacquire in the future.  No revenue is generated from these trades. The Company enters this type of transaction for additional liquidity.

Other Income

Other Income

The Company's other income is derived from the Company's proportional interest in the reported net income or net loss in an investee accounted for under the equity method of accounting and the gains or losses associated with revaluation adjustments to the contingent earn-out liability associated with its AMST investment.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs represent costs associated with shipping product to customers, and receiving product from vendors and are included in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity awards under the provisions of the Compensation - Stock Compensation Topic 718 of the ASC ("ASC 718"), which establishes fair value-based accounting requirements for share-based compensation to employees. ASC 718 requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees as expense over the service period in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The expense is adjusted for actual forfeitures of unvested awards as they occur.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to it in the various jurisdictions in which it earns income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's annual tax rate and in evaluating uncertainty in its tax positions. The Company recognizes a benefit for tax positions that it believes will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. The amount of benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that the Company believes has more than a 50% probability of being realized upon settlement. The Company regularly monitors its tax positions and adjusts the amount of recognized tax benefit based on its evaluation of information that has become available since the end of its last financial reporting period. The annual tax rate includes the impact of these changes in recognized tax benefits. When adjusting the amount of recognized tax benefits, the Company does not consider information that has become available after the balance sheet date, but does disclose the effects of new information whenever those effects would be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements. The difference between the amount of benefit taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the amount of benefit recognized for financial reporting represents unrecognized tax benefits. These unrecognized tax benefits are presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheets principally within accrued liabilities.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740. These provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements, and prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest, and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The potential interest and/or penalties associated with an uncertain tax position are recorded in provision for income taxes on the condensed consolidated statements of income. Please refer to Note 12 for further discussion regarding these provisions.

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Significant judgment is applied when assessing the need for valuation allowances. Areas of estimation include the Company's consideration of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Should a change in circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the utilization of deferred tax assets in future years, the Company would adjust related valuation allowances in the period that the change in circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or charge to income. Changes in recognized tax benefits and changes in valuation allowances could be material to the Company's results of operations for any period, but is not expected to be material to the Company's condensed consolidated financial position.

Based on our assessment it appears more likely than not that most of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. Management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred taxes related to certain state net operating loss carryovers. Management believes the utilization of these losses may be limited. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax assets in the future.

The Company's condensed consolidated financial statements recognized the current and deferred income tax consequences that result from the Company's activities during the current and preceding periods, as if the Company were a separate taxpayer prior to the date of the Distribution of the company when it was a member of the consolidated income tax return group of its Former Parent (Spectrum Group International, Inc.) Following its spin-off, the Company files federal and state income tax filings that are separate from the Former Parent's tax filings. The Company recognizes current and deferred income taxes as a separate taxpayer for periods ending after the date of Distribution.

Earnings per Share (EPS)

Earnings per Share ("EPS")

The Company computes and reports both basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (losses) by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the total potential dilution that could occur from outstanding equity awards, including unexercised stock options, utilizing the treasury stock method.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, (“ASU 2017-04”). The amendments of this ASU eliminate step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amendments of this ASU also eliminate the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2020 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment test performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We continue to evaluate the impact of our upcoming adoption of ASU 2017-04 and do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, (“ASU 2017-01”). The objective of ASU 2017-01 is to clarify the definition of a business in order to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill and consolidation. ASU 2017-01 is effective for the Company for annual and interim reporting periods beginning July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively and we do not believe that its adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures.

In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"). This new standard will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for the Company on July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). The new standard will require adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is impracticable to apply, in which case we would be required to apply the amendments prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. We will adopt the requirements of the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and do not currently expect adoption to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842). The amendments in this update require lessees to recognize a lease liability measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset for all leases at the commencement date. This update is effective for the Company, on July 1, 2019 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years), and is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. We are evaluating the new guidelines, but believe that adoption will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows and related disclosures, as the Company has minimal lease commitments.

    In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) (“ASU 2016-08”). The amendments in ASU 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing (“ASU 2016-10”). The amendments in ASU 2016-10 clarify aspects relating to the identification of performance obligations and improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12("ASU 2016-12"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in ASU 2016-12 address certain issues identified on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. For all of the ASUs noted above ("ASC 606"), the effective date for the Company is July 1, 2018 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years). Either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method is permitted.  The Company has been evaluating the impact of this new pronouncement and does not believe the implementation of ASC 606 will have a significant effect on the financial results of the Company for fiscal years beginning on and after July 1, 2018. This is because the major portion of the Company's revenues fall under the authoritative guidance of ASC 815, which are outside the scope of ASC 606.

XML

Description of Business (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of purchase price allocation

The Revised Provisional Purchase Price of $9.5 million has been allocated to the acquired net assets purchased based on their fair values as follows (shown in thousands, and liability balances shown as negative amounts):

Working capital net assets:
Receivables, net	$	1,046
Derivative assets	825
Inventory	12,541
Prepaid expenses and other assets	856
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(2,616		)
Liability on borrowed metals	(8,949		)
Deferred income	(2,374		)
Subtotal				$	1,329
Property and equipment				1,769
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Trade names	$	2,200
Existing customer relationships	1,300
Customer lead list	1,100
Other	400
Subtotal				5,000
Goodwill:
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired				1,450
				$	9,548

Unaudited pro-forma information

The following unaudited pro-forma information for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 assumes the acquisition of the net assets of Goldline, LLC occurred on July 1, 2016, that is, the first day of fiscal year 2017:

in thousands, except for EPS	(Unaudited)
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Pro-forma revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,747,526	$	5,840,648		$	5,746,474
Pro-forma net (loss) income	$	(633	)	$	276	$	(307	)	$	6,152
Pro-forma basic (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.88
Pro-forma dilutive (loss) earnings per share	$	(0.09	)	$	0.04	$	(0.04	)	$	0.86

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Reconciliation of contingent earn out liability

Below is a reconciliation of the contingent earn out liability for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

in thousands
	Contingent
Liabilities at fair value, based on Level 3 inputs:	Consideration
Balance at June 30, 2017	$	1,325
Revaluation adjustment	(529		)
Amount paid to SilverTowne	(208		)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	588

Schedule of earnings per share

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common shares for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended		Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017	March 31, 2018	March 31, 2017
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,023	7,031	7,029
Effect of common stock equivalents — stock issuable under outstanding equity awards	—	107	—	93
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,130	7,031	7,122

XML

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of financial instruments not required to be carried at fair value

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
	Carrying Amount		Fair value		Carrying Amount		Fair value
Financial assets:
Cash	$	4,941	$	4,941	$	13,059	$	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260		41,260		39,295		39,295
Secured loans receivable	109,493		109,493		91,238		91,238
Derivative asset on open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		1,233		931		931
Derivative asset on option contracts	144		144		—		—
Derivative asset on futures contracts	1,059		1,059		1,273		1,273
Derivative asset on forward contracts	5,199		5,199		15,383		15,383
Income taxes receivable	1,521		1,521		—		—
Financial liabilities:
Lines of credit	$	210,000	$	210,000	$	180,000	$	180,000
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993		6,993		—		—
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295		243,295		5,625		5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370		97,370		135,343		135,343
Derivative liability on margin accounts	3,841		3,841		4,797		4,797
Derivative liability on price protection programs	57		57		—		—
Derivative liability on open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		14,273		29,785		29,785
Accounts payable	51,833		51,833		41,947		41,947
Accrued liabilities	6,042		6,042		4,945		4,945
Other long-term liabilities (related party) (1)	1,049		1,049		1,117		1,117
Income taxes payable	—		—		1,418		1,418
Note payable - related party	—		—		500		500
(1) Includes estimated contingent amounts due to SilverTowne and to Goldline Lenders.

Schedule of fair value, assets and liabilities measured on recurring basis

The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the measurements fall:

	March 31, 2018
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	499,255	$	—	$	—	$	499,255
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	1,233		—		—		1,233
Derivative assets — option contracts	144		—		—		144
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,059		—		—		1,059
Derivative assets — forward contracts	5,199		—		—		5,199
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	506,890	$	—	$	—	$	506,890
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	243,295	$	—	$	—	$	243,295
Product financing arrangements	97,370		—		—		97,370
Derivative liabilities — price protection programs	—		—		57		57
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	3,841		—		—		3,841
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	14,273		—		—		14,273
Derivative liabilities — future contracts	—		—		—		—
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts	—		—		—		—
Contingent earn-out liability	$	—	$	—	$	588	$	588
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	358,779	$	—	$	645	$	359,424

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $162,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

	June 30, 2017
	Quoted Price in
	Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
	for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs		Inputs
in thousands	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Inventory (1)	$	284,619	$	—	$	—	$	284,619
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net	931		—		—		931
Derivative assets — futures contracts	1,273		—		—		1,273
Derivative assets — forward contracts	15,383		—		—		15,383
Total assets, valued at fair value	$	302,206	$	—	$	—	$	302,206
Liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	$	5,625	$	—	$	—	$	5,625
Product financing arrangements	135,343		—		—		135,343
Derivative liabilities — liability on margin accounts	4,797		—		—		4,797
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net	29,785		—		—		29,785
Contingent earn-out liability	—		—		1,325		1,325
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	$	175,550	$	—	$	1,325	$	176,875

____________________

⁽¹⁾ Commemorative coin inventory totaling $40,000 is held at lower of cost or market and is thus excluded from this table.

XML

Receivables (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Receivables [Abstract]

Schedule of receivables and secured loans

Receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Customer trade receivables	$	26,398		$	31,949
Wholesale trade advances	12,925			2,457
Due from brokers	1,967			4,919
Subtotal	41,290			39,325
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	(30		)	(30		)
Receivables, net	$	41,260		$	39,295

Schedule of allowance for doubtful accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on specifically identified receivables, which the Company has identified as potentially uncollectible. A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

in thousands
Period ended:	Beginning Balance		Provision		Charge-off		Ending Balance
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2018	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30
Year Ended June 30, 2017	$	30	$	—	$	—	$	30

XML

Secured Loans Receivable (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]

Schedule of receivables and secured loans

Receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Customer trade receivables	$	26,398		$	31,949
Wholesale trade advances	12,925			2,457
Due from brokers	1,967			4,919
Subtotal	41,290			39,325
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	(30		)	(30		)
Receivables, net	$	41,260		$	39,295

Schedule of classes for financing receivables

The Company's secured loans by portfolio class, which align with management reporting, are as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Bullion	$	74,752	68.3	%	$	61,767	67.7	%
Numismatic and semi-numismatic	34,741		31.7		29,471		32.3
	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

Financing receivable credit quality indicators

The Company desegregates its secured loans that are collateralized by precious metal products, as follows:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018				June 30, 2017
Loan-to-value of 75% or more	$	63,369	57.9	%	$	60,432	66.2	%
Loan-to-value of less than 75%	46,124		42.1		30,806		33.8
Secured loans collateralized by precious metal products	$	109,493	100.0	%	$	91,238	100.0	%

Financing Receivable

Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]

Schedule of receivables and secured loans

Below is a summary of the carrying value of our secured loans as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Secured loans originated	$	22,051		$	30,864
Secured loans originated - with a related party	9,352			—
	31,403			30,864
Secured loans acquired	78,090		(1)	60,374		(2)
Secured loans (current and long-term)	$	109,493		$	91,238

_________________________________

(1)    Includes $54,000 of loan premium as of March 31, 2018.

(2)    Includes $72,000 of loan premium as of June 30, 2017.

XML

Inventories (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventory

Our inventory consists of the precious metals that the Company has physically received, and inventory held by third-parties, which, at the Company's option, it may or may not receive. Below, our inventory is summarized by classification at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventory held for sale	$	71,861	$	43,787
Repurchase arrangements with customers	72,567		92,496
Consignment arrangements with customers	14,162		7,368
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market	162		40
Borrowed precious metals	243,295		5,625
Product financing arrangements, restricted	97,370		135,343
	$	499,417	$	284,659

XML

Plant, Property and Equipment (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, property and equipment consists of the following at March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Office furniture, and fixtures	$	2,055		$	1,638
Computer equipment	753			462
Computer software	3,471			2,386
Plant equipment	2,292			1,979
Building	320			315
Leasehold improvements	2,796			2,571
Total depreciable assets	11,687			9,351
Less: accumulated depreciation	(5,213		)	(3,885		)
Property and equipment not placed in service	1,353			1,105
Land	36			36
Plant, property and equipment, net	$	7,863		$	6,607

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of other purchased intangible assets

The carrying value of goodwill and other purchased intangibles as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017 is as described below:

dollar amounts in thousands
		March 31, 2018							June 30, 2017
	Estimated Useful Lives (Years)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value
Identifiable intangible Assets:
Existing customer relationships	5 - 15	8,848		(5,239		)	3,609		6,447		(4,636		)	1,811
Non-compete and other	3 - 5	2,300		(2,039		)	261		2,000		(2,000		)	—
Employment agreement	3	295		(214		)	81		195		(195		)	—
Intangibles subject to amortization		11,443		(7,492		)	3,951		8,642		(6,831		)	1,811
Trade Name	Indefinite	$	4,454	$	—		$	4,454	$	2,254	$	—		$	2,254
		$	15,897	$	(7,492	)	$	8,405	$	10,896	$	(6,831	)	$	4,065
Goodwill	Indefinite	$	10,331	$	—		$	10,331	$	8,881	$	—		$	8,881

Schedule of future amortization expense

Estimated amortization expense on an annual basis for the succeeding five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,	Amount
2018 (3 months remaining)	$	253
2019	1,012
2020	1,012
2021	621
2022	571
Thereafter	482
Total	$	3,951

XML

Long-Term Investments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Equity Method Investments and Cost Method Investments [Abstract]

Schedule of Equity Method and Cost Method Investments

The following table shows the carrying value of the Company's investments in the privately held companies, categorized by type of investment:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Equity method investment	$	7,745	$	7,467
Cost method investment	500		500
	$	8,245	$	7,967

XML

Accounts Payable (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accounts Payable, Current [Abstract]

Accounts payable

Accounts payable consists of the following:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Trade payables to customers	$	677	$	277
Advances from customers	44,051		36,382
Liability on deferred revenue	3,983		3,777
Other accounts payable	3,122		1,511
	$	51,833	$	41,947

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Offsetting assets

In the table below, the aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances are presented by contract type and type of hedge, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

	March 31, 2018										June 30, 2017
in thousands	Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative		Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative
Nettable derivative assets:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	1,968	$	(735	)	$	—		$	1,233	$	1,625	$	(694	)	$	—		$	931
Option contracts	144		—			—			144		—		—			—			—
Future contracts	1,059		—			—			1,059		1,273		—			—			1,273
Forward contracts	5,261		(62		)	—			5,199		15,754		(371		)	—			15,383
	$	8,432	$	(797	)	$	—		$	7,635	$	18,652	$	(1,065	)	$	—		$	17,587
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	15,203	$	(930	)	$	—		$	14,273	$	31,568	$	(1,783	)	$	—		$	29,785
Margin accounts	6,446		—			(2,605		)	3,841		7,936		—			(3,139		)	4,797
Liability of price protection programs	57		—			—			57		—		—			—			—
	$	21,706	$	(930	)	$	(2,605	)	$	18,171	$	39,504	$	(1,783	)	$	(3,139	)	$	34,582

Offsetting liabilities

In the table below, the aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances are presented by contract type and type of hedge, as of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017.

	March 31, 2018										June 30, 2017
in thousands	Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative		Gross Derivative		Amounts Netted			Cash Collateral Pledge			Net Derivative
Nettable derivative assets:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	1,968	$	(735	)	$	—		$	1,233	$	1,625	$	(694	)	$	—		$	931
Option contracts	144		—			—			144		—		—			—			—
Future contracts	1,059		—			—			1,059		1,273		—			—			1,273
Forward contracts	5,261		(62		)	—			5,199		15,754		(371		)	—			15,383
	$	8,432	$	(797	)	$	—		$	7,635	$	18,652	$	(1,065	)	$	—		$	17,587
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Open sale and purchase commitments	$	15,203	$	(930	)	$	—		$	14,273	$	31,568	$	(1,783	)	$	—		$	29,785
Margin accounts	6,446		—			(2,605		)	3,841		7,936		—			(3,139		)	4,797
Liability of price protection programs	57		—			—			57		—		—			—			—
	$	21,706	$	(930	)	$	(2,605	)	$	18,171	$	39,504	$	(1,783	)	$	(3,139	)	$	34,582

Summary of net gains (losses) on derivative instruments

.

Below is a summary of the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:
Unrealized gains (losses) on open future commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net	$	15,041		$	23,592		$	5,038	$	(11,241	)
Realized (losses) gains on future commodity contracts, net	(3,241		)	(193		)	8,781		15,631
	$	11,800		$	23,399		$	13,819	$	4,390

Schedule of market values of derivative instruments

The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, which shows the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments, that is subject to price risk as of March 31, 2018 and at June 30, 2017.

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Inventory	$	499,417		$	284,659
Less unhedgable inventory:
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market	(162		)	(40		)
Premium on metals position	(3,375		)	(4,088		)
Inventory value not hedged	(3,537		)	(4,128		)
Subtotal	495,880			280,531
Commitments at market:
Open inventory purchase commitments	451,961			587,687
Open inventory sales commitments	(192,221		)	(121,602		)
Margin sale commitments	(6,446		)	(7,936		)
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk	(4,168		)	(3,931		)
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions	243			495
Borrowed precious metals	(243,295		)	(5,625		)
Product financing arrangements	(97,370		)	(135,343		)
Advances on industrial metals	5,885			1,580
Inventory subject to price risk	410,469			595,856
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values	322,750			462,231
Precious metals futures contracts at market values	87,106			133,450
Total market value of derivative financial instruments	409,856			595,681
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk	$	613		$	175

Schedule of outstanding commitments

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had the following outstanding commitments and open forward and future contracts:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018			June 30, 2017
Purchase commitments	$	451,961		$	587,687
Sales commitments	$	(192,221	)	$	(121,602	)
Margin sales commitments	$	(6,446	)	$	(7,936	)
Open forward contracts	$	322,750		$	462,231
Open futures contracts	$	87,106		$	133,450

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of components of income tax expense (benefit)

Income from operations before provision for income taxes is shown below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes	$	(1,484	)	$	2,138	$	(500	)	$	9,466

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return based on a June 30 tax year end. The benefit (expense) from provision for income taxes for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:

in thousands	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Federal	$	675		$	(571	)	$	109		$	(3,147	)
State and local	138			(282		)	107			(355		)
Foreign	(6		)	20			(7		)	20
Provision for income taxes	$	807		$	(833	)	$	209		$	(3,482	)

Schedule of effective income tax rate

The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are set forth below:

in thousands	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Effective tax rate	54.4	%	(39.0	)%	41.8	%	(36.8	)%

XML

Related Party Transactions (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Schedule of related party transactions

As of March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had related party receivables and payables balances as set forth below:

in thousands
	March 31, 2018						June 30, 2017
	Receivables			Payables			Receivables		Payables
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	9,825	(1)	$	—		$	—	$	27
Equity method investee	—			239		(2)	—		558
SilverTowne	—			185		(3)	—		1,768
Goldline Lenders	—			7,870		(4)	—		—
	$	9,825		$	8,294		—		$	2,353
_________________________________
(1) Balance principally includes two secured lines of credit with a balance of $3.0 million and $6.3 million (shown as a component of secured loans receivables). See "Secured Lines of Credit with Stack's Bowers", below.
(2) Balance represents mostly open trade receivables.
(3) Balance (net) includes (a) a trade receivables of $0.4 million (shown as a component of receivables), and (b) a contingent earn-out liability of $0.6 million (shown as a component of other long-term liabilities).
(4) Balance includes the face value the Goldline Credit Facility of $7.5 million, and the associated estimated debt funding fees payable of $0.4 million (shown as debt obligation - related party). The Goldline Credit facility and the debt funding fee are payable in August 2020.

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred interest related to notes payable due to SilverTowne and a long-term debt payable to the Goldline Lenders, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended March 31,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest expense incurred related to notes payable	$	—	$	—	$	4	$	—
Interest expense incurred related to long-term debt obligation	226		—		505		—
	$	226	$	—	$	509	$	—

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company earned interest income related to loans made to Stack's Bowers and related to financing arrangements (including repurchase agreements) with affiliated companies, as set forth below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Interest income from secured loans receivables	$	88	$	118	$	141	$	150
Interest income from finance products	994		777		2,114		2,132
	$	1,082	$	895	$	2,255	$	2,282

During the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company made sales and purchases to various companies, which have been deemed to be related parties, as follows:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases		Sales		Purchases
Former Parent/Stack's Bowers	$	12,189	$	211,120	$	16,410	$	15,105	$	24,686	$	214,661	$	38,077	$	38,441
Equity method investee	98,876		2,769		126,354		—		293,163		3,797		392,890		812
SilverTowne	5,101		699		5,156		1,210		12,384		7,078		23,975		3,952
	$	116,166	$	214,588	$	147,920	$	16,315	$	330,233	$	225,536	$	454,942	$	43,205

XML

Financing Arrangements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Participants In Credit Facility

The following table shows the directors, executive officer and principal stockholder that participated in the Goldline Credit Facility transaction, and provides related information:

Goldline Lenders	Position/Relationship		Amount of Company Indebtedness Acquired (1)
Gregory N. Roberts	Chief Executive Officer, Director and principal stockholder	(2)	$	587,500	(2)
William D. Richardson	Principal stockholder	(3)	587,500		(3)
Jeffrey D. Benjamin	Chairman of the Board and Director		1,000,000
Ellis Landau	Director		375,000
William Montgomery	Director		1,500,000
Jess Ravich	Director		500,000		(4)
			4,550,000
7 other persons	Non-affiliated members		2,950,000
			$	7,500,000

_________________________________
(1)	The amount shown is expected to remain outstanding throughout the term of the Goldline Credit Facility, with repayment due in August 2020.
(2)	Silver Bow Ventures LLC (“Silver Bow”) is the Lender. Mr. Roberts holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(3)	Silver Bow is the Lender. Mr. Richardson holds 50% of the ownership interests in and controls Silver Bow. Accordingly, the amount of indebtedness shown, and the interest amounts potentially payable on such indebtedness shown, represent 50% of the aggregate amounts of indebtedness held by and potential interest payable to Silver Bow.
(4)	Libra Securities Holdings, LLC is the Lender. Mr. Ravich and a trust for his family members holds 100% of the ownership interests and controls Libra Securities Holdings, LLC.

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Equity [Abstract]

Dividends declared

The table below summarizes the eight most recent quarterly dividends declared pursuant to this policy:

Dividend Declaration Date	Record Date  (at close of Business)	Type of Dividend	Basis of Payment			Payment Date
April 29, 2016	May 13, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	May 27, 2016
September 7, 2016	September 19, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	October 7, 2016
November 1, 2016	November 14, 2016	Cash	$	0.07	per common share	December 1, 2016
January 26, 2017	February 8, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 24, 2017
May 2, 2017	May 15, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	May 25, 2017
August 30, 2017	September 18, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	September 27, 2017
November 13, 2017	November 24, 2017	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	December 13, 2017
January 30, 2018	February 13, 2018	Cash	$	0.08	per common share	February 27, 2018

Schedule of share-based compensation, stock option activity

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the nine months ended March 31, 2018.

	Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Award
Outstanding at June 30, 2017	741,327		$	17.89	$	1,514	$	6.19
Granted	116,605		$	17.23
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures	(4,917	)	$	19.21
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	853,015		$	17.80	$	612	$	6.04
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	419,014		$	14.70	$	612	$	6.06

Schedule of share-based compensation, status of stock option outstanding

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2018:

				Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Exercise Price Ranges				Number of Shares Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares Exercisable	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price
From		To
$	—	$	10.00	134,239	4.60	$	8.39	134,239	4.60	$	8.39
$	10.01	$	15.00	98,888	4.53	$	11.94	98,888	4.53	$	11.94
$	15.01	$	25.00	519,888	8.47	$	19.86	160,887	8.41	$	19.99
$	25.01	$	60.00	100,000	7.90	$	25.50	25,000	7.90	$	25.50
				853,015	7.34	$	17.80	419,014	6.24	$	14.70

XML

Customer and Supplier Concentrations (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Schedules of concentration of risk, by risk factor

Customers providing 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2018 are presented on a comparative basis in the table below:

in thousands
	Three Months Ended								Nine Months Ended
	March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017				March 31, 2018				March 31, 2017
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	100.0	%	$	1,730,845	100.0	%	$	5,839,491	100.0	%	$	5,662,859	100.0	%
Customer concentrations
HSBC Bank USA	$	606,966	30.4	%	$	293,686	17.0	%	$	1,525,739	26.1	%	$	1,268,160	22.4	%
Mitsubishi Intl. Corp.	401,127		20.1		322,842		18.7		1,321,001		22.6		827,583		14.6
	$	1,008,093	50.5	%	$	616,528	35.7	%	$	2,846,740	48.7	%	$	2,095,743	37.0	%

XML

Segment and Geographic Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of segment reporting information, by segment

in thousands
	Three Months Ended					Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Revenue by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	1,977,273		$	1,730,845	$	5,782,135		$	5,662,859
Direct Sales	17,690		(1)	N/A		57,356		(2)	N/A
Total revenue	$	1,994,963		$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491		$	5,662,859
_________________________________
(1) Includes $4.3 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.
(2) Includes $21.9 million of intercompany sales from the Direct Sales segment to the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment. The elimination of these intercompany sales are reflected in the Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services segment.

in thousands
	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017		March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Revenue by geographic region (as determined by the shipping address or where the services were performed):
United States	$	1,851,752	$	1,579,302	$	5,483,566	$	5,298,549
Europe	77,580		100,731		204,960		204,316
North America, excluding United States	64,463		49,154		146,237		149,204
Asia Pacific	684		596		2,410		7,170
Africa	—		—		1		—
Australia	484		1,062		2,317		3,620
Total revenue	$	1,994,963	$	1,730,845	$	5,839,491	$	5,662,859

Gross Profit and Gross Margin Percentage

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Gross profit by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	6,748		$	7,332		$	19,561		$	25,255
Direct Sales	679			N/A			4,088			N/A
Total gross profit	$	7,427		$	7,332		$	23,649		$	25,255
Gross margin percentage by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	0.341		%	0.424		%	0.338		%	0.446		%
Direct Sales	3.838		%	N/A			7.127		%	N/A
Weighted average gross margin percentage	0.372		%	0.424		%	0.405		%	0.446		%

Operating Expenses and Income

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Operating income and expenses by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services
General and administrative expenses	$	(5,787	)	$	(5,989	)	$	(17,304	)	$	(17,784	)
Interest income	$	4,087		$	3,283		$	10,516		$	9,101
Interest expense	$	(3,416	)	$	(2,700	)	$	(9,229	)	$	(7,388	)
Other income, net	$	67		$	212		$	817		$	282
Direct Sales
General and administrative expenses	$	(3,636	)	N/A			$	(8,444	)	N/A
Interest expense	$	(226	)	N/A			$	(505	)	N/A

Depreciation and Amortization

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Depreciation and amortization by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(386	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,170	)	$	(1,120	)
Direct Sales	(296		)	N/A			(824		)	N/A
Total depreciation and amortization	$	(682	)	$	(413	)	$	(1,994	)	$	(1,120	)

Advertising expense

in thousands
	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			March 31, 2017
Advertising expense by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	(165	)	$	(176	)	$	(467	)	$	(542	)
Direct Sales	(796		)	N/A			(2,070		)	N/A
Total advertising expense	$	(961	)	$	(176	)	$	(2,537	)	$	(542	)

Inventory

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	490,789	$	284,659
Direct Sales	8,628		N/A
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Inventories by geographic region
United States	$	493,720	$	276,809
Europe	2,100		3,154
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total inventories	$	499,417	$	284,659

Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	687,458	$	478,500
Direct Sales	19,360		N/A
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Assets by geographic region
United States	$	696,161	$	469,114
Europe	7,060		4,690
North America, excluding United States	3,402		4,310
Asia	195		386
Total assets	$	706,818	$	478,500

Long-term Assets

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	31,499	$	31,479
Direct Sales	7,543		N/A
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Long-term assets by geographic region
United States	$	38,987	$	31,423
Europe	55		56
Total long-term assets	$	39,042	$	31,479

Capital Expenditures for Property and Equipment

in thousands
	Nine Months Ended
Three Months Ended September 30,	March 31, 2018		March 31, 2017
Capital expenditures on property and equipment by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	673	$	1,932
Direct Sales	148		N/A
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment	$	821	$	1,932

Goodwill

in thousands
	March 31, 2018		June 30, 2017
Goodwill by segment
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services	$	8,881	$	8,881
Direct Sales	1,450		N/A
Total goodwill	$	10,331	$	8,881

XML

Description of Business - Purchase Price Allocation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Aug. 28, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired	$ 10,331		$ 8,881
Goldline, LLC
Working capital net assets:
Receivables, net	1,046
Derivative assets	825
Inventory	12,541
Prepaid expenses and other assets	856
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(2,616)
Liability on borrowed metals	(8,949)
Deferred income	(2,374)
Subtotal	1,329
Property and equipment	1,769	$ 1,800
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Intangibles assets	5,000
Excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired	1,450
Total	9,548	$ 10,000
Trade names | Goldline, LLC
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Intangibles assets	2,200
Existing customer relationships | Goldline, LLC
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Intangibles assets	1,300
Customer lead list | Goldline, LLC
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Intangibles assets	1,100
Other | Goldline, LLC
Intangible assets (identifiable):
Intangibles assets	$ 400

XML

Description of Business - Acquisitions (Details)		3 Months Ended		7 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Aug. 28, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($) $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) Segment $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($) $ / shares	Aug. 31, 2016
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of reportable segments | Segment					2
Goldline, LLC
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Purchase price	$ 10,000,000
Fair value of intangible assets acquired	6,400,000
Fair value of tangible asset acquired	3,600,000
Holdback amount	1,500,000
Holdback amount released				$ 0
Net asset purchase price	10,000,000	$ 9,548,000		9,548,000	$ 9,548,000
Purchase price adjustment				500,000
Acquisition related costs		600,000		$ 800,000
Pro-forma revenue		1,994,963,000	$ 1,747,526,000		5,840,648,000	$ 5,746,474,000
Pro-forma net (loss) income		$ (633,000)	$ 276,000		$ (307,000)	$ 6,152,000
Pro from basic earnings per share (usd per share) | $ / shares		$ (0.09)	$ 0.04		$ (0.04)	$ 0.88
Pro from dilutive earnings per share (usd per share) | $ / shares		$ (0.09)	$ 0.04		$ (0.04)	$ 0.86
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	$ 7,500,000
AMST
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Percentage of voting interests acquired (in percentage)							55.00%
SilverTowne
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Percentage of voting interests acquired (in percentage)							45.00%
Pro Forma
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Tax rate assumption					37.50%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands									3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Feb. 27, 2018	Dec. 13, 2017	Sep. 27, 2017	May 25, 2017	Feb. 24, 2017	Dec. 01, 2016	Oct. 07, 2016	May 27, 2016	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Restricted cash									$ 500		$ 500		$ 0
Earnings from equity method investment									99	$ (6)	278	$ 73
Revaluation adjustment									0	198	529	198
Advertising expense									961	176	2,537	542
Shipping, handling costs									$ 1,315	$ 1,052	$ 3,498	$ 3,349
Stock options outstanding, number of shares outstanding (shares)									853,015		853,015		741,327
Dividends per share (usd per share)	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.07	$ 0.07	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.24	$ 0.22
Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of related assets											3 years
Estimated useful lives of intangibles											3 years
Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of related assets											25 years
Estimated useful lives of intangibles											15 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Contingent Consideration) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Fair Value, Instruments Classified in Shareholders' Equity Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Change in accrued earn-out (non-cash)	$ (529)	$ (198)
Contingent Consideration Liability
Fair Value, Instruments Classified in Shareholders' Equity Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Opening balance	1,325
Change in accrued earn-out (non-cash)	(529)
Amount paid to SilverTowne	(208)
Closing balance	$ 588

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Earnings per Share) (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,023	7,031	7,029
Effect of common stock equivalents — stock issuable under outstanding equity awards	0	107	0	93
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	7,031	7,130	7,031	7,122

XML

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value (Fair Value of Financial Instruments) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	$ 7,635	$ 17,587
Financial liabilities:
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Derivative liabilities	18,171	34,582
Accrued liabilities	6,042	4,945
Carrying Amount
Financial assets:
Cash	4,941	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260	39,295
Secured loans receivable	109,493	91,238
Income tax receivables	1,521	0
Financial liabilities:
Lines of credit	210,000	180,000
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993	0
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Accounts payable	51,833	41,947
Accrued liabilities	6,042	4,945
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	1,049	1,117
Income taxes payable	0	1,418
Note payable - related party	0	500
Carrying Amount | Liability on margin accounts
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	3,841	4,797
Carrying Amount | Options Held
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	57	0
Carrying Amount | Open sale and purchase commitments
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	14,273	29,785
Carrying Amount | Open sale and purchase commitments
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	1,233	931
Carrying Amount | Options Held
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	144	0
Carrying Amount | Future contracts
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	1,059	1,273
Carrying Amount | Forward contracts
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	5,199	15,383
Fair value
Financial assets:
Cash	4,941	13,059
Receivables, net	41,260	39,295
Secured loans receivable	109,493	91,238
Income tax receivables	1,521	0
Financial liabilities:
Lines of credit	210,000	180,000
Debt obligation (related party)	6,993	0
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Accounts payable	51,833	41,947
Accrued liabilities	6,042	4,945
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	1,049	1,117
Income taxes payable	0	1,418
Note payable - related party	0	500
Fair value | Liability on margin accounts
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	3,841	4,797
Fair value | Options Held
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	57	0
Fair value | Open sale and purchase commitments
Financial liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	14,273	29,785
Fair value | Open sale and purchase commitments
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	1,233	931
Fair value | Options Held
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	144	0
Fair value | Future contracts
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	1,059	1,273
Fair value | Forward contracts
Financial assets:
Derivative assets	$ 5,199	$ 15,383

XML

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value (Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	$ 7,635	$ 17,587
Derivative liabilities	18,171	34,582
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Inventory	499,255	284,619
Total assets valued at fair value	506,890	302,206
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Contingent earn-out liability	588	1,325
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	359,424	176,875
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Liability of price protection programs
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	57
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Liability on margin accounts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	3,841	4,797
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Open sale and purchase commitments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	14,273	29,785
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	1,233	931
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Options Held
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	144
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	1,059	1,273
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	5,199	15,383
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Inventory	499,255	284,619
Total assets valued at fair value	506,890	302,206
Liability on borrowed metals	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements	97,370	135,343
Contingent earn-out liability	0	0
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	358,779	175,550
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Liability of price protection programs
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Liability on margin accounts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	3,841	4,797
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Open sale and purchase commitments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	14,273	29,785
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	1,233	931
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Options Held
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	144
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	1,059	1,273
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 1 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	5,199	15,383
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Inventory	0	0
Total assets valued at fair value	0	0
Liability on borrowed metals	0	0
Product financing arrangements	0	0
Contingent earn-out liability	0	0
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Liability of price protection programs
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Liability on margin accounts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Open sale and purchase commitments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Options Held
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 2 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Inventory	0	0
Total assets valued at fair value	0	0
Liability on borrowed metals	0	0
Product financing arrangements	0	0
Contingent earn-out liability	588	1,325
Total liabilities, valued at fair value	645	1,325
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Liability of price protection programs
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	57
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Liability on margin accounts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Open sale and purchase commitments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Options Held
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Future contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	0	0
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis | Level 3 | Forward contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative assets	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) investment	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market	$ 162	$ 40
Number of investments | investment	2
Equity and cost method investment	$ 8,245	$ 7,967

XML

Receivables (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Receivables, gross			$ 41,290	$ 39,325
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	$ (30)	$ (30)	(30)	(30)
Receivables, net			41,260	39,295
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance	30	30
Provision	0	0
Charge-off	0	0
Ending Balance	$ 30	$ 30
Customer trade receivables
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Receivables, gross			26,398	31,949
Wholesale trade advances
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Receivables, gross			12,925	2,457
Due from brokers
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Receivables, gross			1,967	$ 4,919
Goldline, LLC | Customer trade receivables
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Receivables, gross			$ 500

XML

Secured Loans Receivable (Summary of Carrying-value of Secured Loans) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current and long-term)	$ 109,493	$ 91,238
Secured loans originated by company and with related party
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current and long-term)	31,403	30,864
Secured loans originated
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current and long-term)	22,051	30,864
Secured loans originated - with a related party
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current and long-term)	9,352	0
Secured loans acquired
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current and long-term)	$ 78,090	$ 60,374

XML

Secured Loans Receivable (Loans Receivable and Credit Quality Indicators) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loan	$ 109,493	$ 91,238
Secured loan, percentage	100.00%	100.00%
Secured loans (current)	$ 109,493	$ 91,238
Bullion and Numismatic
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current)	$ 109,493	$ 91,238
Secured loans (current), percentage	100.00%	100.00%
Bullion and Numismatic | Loan-to-value of 75% or more
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current)	$ 63,369	$ 60,432
Secured loans (current), percentage	57.90%	66.20%
Bullion and Numismatic | Loan-to-value of less than 75%
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans (current)	$ 46,124	$ 30,806
Secured loans (current), percentage	42.10%	33.80%
Bullion
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loan	$ 74,752	$ 61,767
Secured loan, percentage	68.30%	67.70%
Numismatic and semi-numismatic
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loan	$ 34,741	$ 29,471
Secured loan, percentage	31.70%	32.30%

XML

Secured Loans Receivable (Narrative) (Details)	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) class loan	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($) loan
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Unamortized loan commitment and origination fees and unamortized discounts or premiums	$ 54,000		$ 72,000
Loans receivable average effective rate of interest (percentage)	9.60%		9.20%
Number of classes of receivables | class	2
Loans receivable payment terms for interest	30 days
Delinquent period	30 days
Loan receivable liquidation period post default	90 days
Number of loans | loan	0		0
Loan impairment costs	$ 0	$ 0
Maximum
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Secured loans-to-value percentage	100.00%		100.00%

XML

Inventories (Summary of Inventories) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	$ 402,047	$ 149,316
Restricted inventories	97,370	135,343
Restricted and Nonrestricted Inventory, Net	499,417	284,659
Inventory held for sale
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	71,861	43,787
Repurchase arrangements with customers
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	72,567	92,496
Consignment arrangements with customers
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	14,162	7,368
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	162	40
Borrowed precious metals
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories	243,295	5,625
Product financing arrangements, restricted
Inventory [Line Items]
Restricted inventories	$ 97,370	$ 135,343

XML

Inventories (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventory held for sale	$ 402,047	$ 149,316
Repurchase arrangements with customers	72,600	92,500
Consignment arrangements with customers	14,200	7,400
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or market	162	40
Borrowed precious metals from suppliers	243,300	5,600
Product financing arrangement, restricted	97,400	135,300
Unrealized gains (losses) included in inventory balance	(3,700)	(4,500)
Premium on metals position	3,375	4,088
Inventory held for sale
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventory held for sale	$ 71,861	$ 43,787

XML

Plant, Property and Equipment (Summary of PPE) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Aug. 28, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 11,687		$ 11,687			$ 9,351
Less: accumulated depreciation	(5,213)		(5,213)			(3,885)
Plant, property and equipment, net	7,863		7,863			6,607
Depreciation	431	$ 305	1,333	$ 805
Office furniture, and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	2,055		2,055			1,638
Computer equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	753		753			462
Computer software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	3,471		3,471			2,386
Plant equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	2,292		2,292			1,979
Building
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	320		320			315
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	2,796		2,796			2,571
Property and equipment not placed in service
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Plant, property and equipment, net	1,353		1,353			1,105
Land
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Plant, property and equipment, net	36		36			$ 36
Goldline, LLC
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment	$ 1,769		$ 1,769		$ 1,800

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Intangible Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount - finite lived intangible	$ 15,897	$ 10,896
Accumulated Amortization	(7,492)	(6,831)
Net book value - finite lived intangible	8,405	4,065
Goodwill	10,331	8,881
Existing customer relationships
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount - finite lived intangible	8,848	6,447
Accumulated Amortization	(5,239)	(4,636)
Net book value - finite lived intangible	3,609	1,811
Non-compete and other
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount - finite lived intangible	2,300	2,000
Accumulated Amortization	(2,039)	(2,000)
Net book value - finite lived intangible	$ 261	0
Employment agreement
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Gross carrying amount - finite lived intangible	$ 295	195
Accumulated Amortization	(214)	(195)
Net book value - finite lived intangible	81	0
Intangibles subject to amortization
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount - finite lived intangible	11,443	8,642
Accumulated Amortization	(7,492)	(6,831)
Net book value - finite lived intangible	3,951	1,811
Trade Name
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount - indefinite lived intangible	$ 4,454	$ 2,254
Minimum
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Minimum | Existing customer relationships
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	5 years
Minimum | Non-compete and other
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Maximum
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	15 years
Maximum | Existing customer relationships
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	15 years
Maximum | Non-compete and other
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	5 years

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Future Amortization Expense) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2018 (3 months remaining)	$ 253
2019	1,012
2020	1,012
2021	621
2022	571
Thereafter	482
Total	$ 3,951

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands			3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Aug. 28, 2017	Aug. 31, 2016	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization expense related to intangible assets			$ 251	$ 108	$ 661	$ 315
SilverTowne Mint
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangibles acquired		$ 2,500
Goodwill acquired		$ 4,300
Goldline, LLC
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangibles acquired	$ 5,000
Goodwill acquired	$ 1,500
Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles					3 years
Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles					15 years

XML

Long-Term Investments (Details) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) investment	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) investment	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)
Equity Method Investments and Cost Method Investments [Abstract]
Number of investments | investment	2		2
Equity method investment	$ 7,745		$ 7,745		$ 7,467
Cost method investment	500		500		500
Equity and cost method investment	$ 8,245		$ 8,245		$ 7,967
Ownership percentage, equity method investment	20.60%		20.60%
Income (loss) from equity method investment	$ 99	$ (6)	$ 278	$ 73
Ownership percentage, cost method investment	2.50%		2.50%		2.50%

XML

Accounts Payable (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Accounts Payable, Current [Abstract]
Trade payables to customers	$ 677	$ 277
Advances from customers	44,051	36,382
Liability on deferred revenue	3,983	3,777
Other accounts payable	3,122	1,511
Accounts payable	$ 51,833	$ 41,947

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Offsetting Assets and Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Nettable derivative assets:
Gross derivative receivable	$ 8,432	$ 18,652
Amounts Netted	(797)	(1,065)
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative receivable	7,635	17,587
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Gross derivative payable	21,706	39,504
Amounts Netted	(930)	(1,783)
Cash Collateral Pledge	(2,605)	(3,139)
Net derivative payables	18,171	34,582
Open sale and purchase commitments
Nettable derivative assets:
Gross derivative receivable	1,968	1,625
Amounts Netted	(735)	(694)
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative receivable	1,233	931
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Gross derivative payable	15,203	31,568
Amounts Netted	(930)	(1,783)
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative payables	14,273	29,785
Margin accounts
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Gross derivative payable	6,446	7,936
Amounts Netted	0	0
Cash Collateral Pledge	(2,605)	(3,139)
Net derivative payables	3,841	4,797
Liability of price protection programs
Nettable derivative liabilities:
Gross derivative payable	57	0
Amounts Netted	0	0
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative payables	57	0
Options Held
Nettable derivative assets:
Gross derivative receivable	144	0
Amounts Netted	0	0
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative receivable	144	0
Future contracts
Nettable derivative assets:
Gross derivative receivable	1,059	1,273
Amounts Netted	0	0
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative receivable	1,059	1,273
Forward contracts
Nettable derivative assets:
Gross derivative receivable	5,261	15,754
Amounts Netted	(62)	(371)
Cash Collateral Pledge	0	0
Net derivative receivable	$ 5,199	$ 15,383

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Realized Gain (Loss)) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Derivative [Line Items]
Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:	$ 11,800	$ 23,399	$ 13,819	$ 4,390
Futures Commodity And Forwards Contracts And Open Purchase And Sale Commitments
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized gains (losses) on open future commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net	15,041	23,592	5,038	(11,241)
Commodity Contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Realized (losses) gains on future commodity contracts, net	$ (3,241)	$ (193)	$ 8,781	$ 15,631

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Hedging of Precious Metals Inventory) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Inventory	$ 499,417	$ 284,659
Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or market	(162)	(40)
Premium on metals position	(3,375)	(4,088)
Inventory value not hedged	(3,537)	(4,128)
Subtotal	495,880	280,531
Commitments at market:
Open inventory purchase commitments	451,961	587,687
Open inventory sales commitments	(192,221)	(121,602)
Margin sale commitments	(6,446)	(7,936)
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk	(4,168)	(3,931)
Unhedgable premiums on open commitment positions	243	495
Borrowed precious metals	(243,295)	(5,625)
Product financing arrangements	(97,370)	(135,343)
Advances on industrial metals	5,885	1,580
Inventory subject to price risk	410,469	595,856
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Market value of derivative financial instruments	409,856	595,681
Net inventory subject to commodity price risk	613	175
Precious metals forward contracts at market values
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Market value of derivative financial instruments	322,750	462,231
Precious metals futures contracts at market values
Inventory subject to derivative financial instruments:
Market value of derivative financial instruments	$ 87,106	$ 133,450

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Outstanding Commitments) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Derivative [Line Items]
Purchase commitments	$ 451,961	$ 587,687
Sales commitments	(192,221)	(121,602)
Margin sales commitments	(6,446)	(7,936)
Open derivative contracts	409,856	595,681
Forward contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Open derivative contracts	322,750	462,231
Future contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Open derivative contracts	$ 87,106	$ 133,450

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions (Exchange Rate Management) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative open positions expected settlement period			30 days
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign exchange	$ (32)	$ 21	$ 6	$ 12
Foreign Exchange
Derivative [Line Items]
Open inventory sale commitments	3,641		3,641		$ 2,213
Forward contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Open inventory sale commitments	$ 2,918		$ 2,918		$ 2,235

XML

Income Taxes (Income Before Income Tax Provision) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Income before provision for income taxes	$ (1,484)	$ 2,138	$ (500)	$ 9,466

XML

Income Taxes (Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Current:
Federal	$ 675	$ (571)	$ 109	$ (3,147)
State and local	138	(282)	107	(355)
Foreign	(6)	20	(7)	20
Provision for income taxes	$ 807	$ (833)	$ 209	$ (3,482)

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation) (Details)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Effective tax rate	54.40%	(39.00%)	41.80%	(36.80%)

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Provisional decrease	$ 200	$ 200
Net adjustment to deferred income tax	200	200
Income taxes receivable	1,521	1,521		$ 0
Income taxes payable	0	0		1,418
Deferred tax assets - non-current	4,198	4,198		3,959
Valuation allowance	56	56		56
U.S.
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets - non-current	2,700	2,700		2,500
State and Local Jurisdiction
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets - non-current	1,500	1,500		1,400
Operating loss carryforwards	14,400	14,400		12,500
Tax effected	$ 1,300	$ 1,300		$ 700
Scenario, Forecast
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Blended tax rate			28.06%

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 01, 2018	Sep. 19, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Aug. 31, 2016
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Receivable	$ 9,825,000		$ 9,825,000				$ 0
Payables	8,294,000		8,294,000				2,353,000
Note payable - related party	0		0				500,000
Unamortized loan funding fee	54,000		54,000				72,000
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	1,049,000		1,049,000				1,117,000
Sales	116,166,000	$ 147,920,000	330,233,000	$ 454,942,000
Purchases	214,588,000	16,315,000	225,536,000	43,205,000
Income (loss) from equity method investment	99,000	(6,000)	278,000	73,000
Equity method investment	7,745,000		7,745,000				7,467,000
March1, 2018 Loan Agreement
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Lease and Finance Receivable, Line of Credit, Maximum Available					$ 10,000,000
Participation interest, percentage of net profits realized on sale					10.00%
Former Parent
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Receivable	9,825,000		9,825,000				0
Payables	0		0				27,000
Sales	12,189,000	16,410,000	24,686,000	38,077,000
Purchases	211,120,000	15,105,000	214,661,000	38,441,000
Former Parent | March1, 2018 Loan Agreement
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Short term loan receivable	6,300,000		6,300,000				0
Former Parent | September 19, 2017 Loan Agreement
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Lease and Finance Receivable, Line of Credit, Maximum Available						$ 5,300,000
Short term loan receivable	3,000,000		3,000,000
Equity method investee
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Receivable	0		0				0
Payables	239,000		239,000				558,000
Sales	98,876,000	126,354,000	293,163,000	392,890,000
Purchases	2,769,000	0	3,797,000	812,000
SilverTowne
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Receivable	0		0				0
Payables	185,000		185,000				1,768,000
Accounts receivable	400,000		400,000
Accrued liabilities	600,000		600,000
Sales	5,101,000	5,156,000	12,384,000	23,975,000
Purchases	699,000	1,210,000	7,078,000	3,952,000
Affiliated entities
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest income	1,082,000	895,000	2,255,000	2,282,000
Interest expense	226,000	0	509,000	0
Affiliated entities | Interest Income from Secured Loans Receivable
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest income	88,000	118,000	141,000	150,000
Affiliated entities | Interest Income from Finance Products
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest income	994,000	777,000	2,114,000	2,132,000
Affiliated entities | Interest Expense Incurred Related to Notes Payable
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest expense	0	0	4,000	0
Affiliated entities | Interest Expense Incurred Related to Long-term Debt Obligation
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest expense	226,000	$ 0	505,000	$ 0
SilverTowne Mint
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Note payable - related party								$ 500,000
Goldline Lenders
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Receivable	0		0				0
Payables	7,870,000		7,870,000				$ 0
Debt instrument, face amount	7,500,000		7,500,000
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	400,000		400,000
Long-term debt	6,993,000		6,993,000
Unamortized loan funding fee	507,000		507,000
Other long-term liabilities (related party)	$ 370,000		$ 370,000

XML

Financing Agreements (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Apr. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2016
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Interest expense, notes payable	$ 226,000		$ 505,000
Percentage of total expense recognized	6.20%		5.20%
Effective rate of interest	9.19%		9.30%
Liability on borrowed metals	$ 243,295,000		$ 243,295,000			$ 5,625,000
Product financing obligation	97,370,000		97,370,000			135,343,000
Line of Credit | Trading credit facility
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Interest expense, notes payable	$ 2,100,000	$ 1,700,000	$ 5,800,000	$ 4,800,000
Percentage of total expense recognized	57.90%	64.50%	59.90%	64.30%
Effective rate of interest	3.97%	3.22%	3.85%	3.08%
Line of Credit | Trading credit facility | A-Mark | Trading credit facility
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Line of credit, current borrowing capacity	$ 275,000,000		$ 275,000,000				$ 225,000,000
Line of credit, accordion option							$ 50,000,000
Payments of financing costs			1,900,000
Accumulated amortization of loan cost	$ 700,000		$ 700,000			$ 100,000
Variable rate basis			one-month LIBOR
Credit facility, interest rate at period end	1.88%		1.88%			1.17%
Borrowings due on demand	$ 210,000,000		$ 210,000,000			$ 180,000,000
Borrowings available	$ 10,200,000		10,200,000			$ 45,600,000
Line of credit facility, tangible net worth financial covenant			$ 47,500,000
LIBOR | Line of Credit | Revolving Credit Facility
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Variable rate			2.50%
LIBOR | Line of Credit | Bridge Loan
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Variable rate			4.50%
Subsequent Event | Line of Credit | Trading credit facility | A-Mark | Trading credit facility
Schedule Of Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Line of credit facility, temporary increase					$ 15,000,000

XML

Financing Agreements (Subordinate Debt Financing) (Details) - USD ($)		3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Aug. 28, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest expense, notes payable		$ 226,000	$ 505,000
Percentage of total expense recognized		6.20%	5.20%
Effective rate of interest		9.19%	9.30%
Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	$ 7,500,000
Borrowings due on demand		$ 7,000,000	$ 7,000,000
Unamortized debt issuance expense		500,000	500,000
Debt issuance costs, net		500,000	500,000
Debt issuance costs, estimated, based on discounted cash flow model		$ 300,000	$ 300,000
Affiliates | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	4,550,000
Chief Executive Officer, Director and principal stockholder | Gregory N. Roberts | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	587,500
Principal stockholder | William D. Richardson | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	587,500
Chairman of the Board and Director | Jeffrey D. Benjamin | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	1,000,000
Director | Ellis Landau | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	375,000
Director | William Montgomery | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	1,500,000
Director | Jess Ravich | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	500,000
Non-affiliated members | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Liabilities incurred for the acquisition	$ 2,950,000
Silver Bow Ventures, LLC | Gregory N. Roberts
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ownership percentage		50.00%	50.00%
Percentage of indebtedness (percentage)		50.00%	50.00%
Silver Bow Ventures, LLC | William D. Richardson
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ownership percentage		50.00%	50.00%
Percentage of indebtedness (percentage)		50.00%	50.00%
Libra Securities Holdings, LLC | Jess Ravich
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ownership percentage		100.00%	100.00%
Loans Payable | Goldline, LLC
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Stated interest rate (in percentage)	8.50%
Debt instrument, additional interest, percentage of total principal (in percentage)	3.00%
Debt instrument, additional interest, percentage of cumulative three year EBITDA (in percentage)	10.00%
Debt instrument, additional interest, percentage of cumulative three year EBITDA, amount	$ 10,000,000
Debt instrument, term (years)	3 years

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Narrative) (Details)	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) ft² employee $ / ft²
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Term of lease (in years)	5 years
Letters of credit outstanding | $	$ 500,000
El Segundo, California
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Area under lease (sqft) | ft²	19,700
Rent expense (usd per sqft) | $ / ft²	2.45
Term of lease (in years)	7 years
Annual increase, percentage	3.00%
Goldline, LLC
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Number of employees | employee	80
Maximum annual contributions per employee, percent	90.00%
Employer matching contribution, percent of match, percentage	30.00%

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Dividends and Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)										3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Feb. 27, 2018	Dec. 13, 2017	Nov. 02, 2017	Sep. 27, 2017	May 25, 2017	Feb. 24, 2017	Dec. 01, 2016	Oct. 07, 2016	May 27, 2016	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Dividends paid (usd per share)	$ 0.08	$ 0.08		$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.07	$ 0.07	$ 0.07	$ 0.08	$ 0.08	$ 0.24	$ 0.22
Share-based compensation expense										$ 282,105	$ 254,747	$ 1,020,585	$ 675,180
Compensation expense not yet recognized										$ 1,400,000		$ 1,400,000
Compensation expense not yet recognized, period for recognition (in years)												1 year 10 months 16 days
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period												10 years
2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of additional shares authorized (shares)			525,000
Maximum amount of shares per employee (shares)												250,000
Shares granted under the plan (shares)										577,112		577,112
Non Employee Director Except Chairman of the Board | 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Maximum grant date fair value												$ 300,000
Chairman of the Board and Director | 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Maximum grant date fair value												$ 600,000

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Option Activity Rollforward) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Options
Options, beginning balance (shares)	741,327
Granted through stock option plan (shares)	116,605
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures (shares)	(4,917)
Options, ending balance (shares)	853,015
Shares exercisable at end of the period	419,014
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 17.89
Granted through stock option plan (in dollars per share)	17.23
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures (usd per share)	19.21
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	17.80
Shares exercisable at end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 14.70
Intrinsic value, balance	$ 612	$ 1,514
Intrinsic Value, Shares exercisable at end of period	$ 612
Outstanding, weighted average grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 6.04	$ 6.19
Exercisable, weighted average grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 6.06

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Options Outstanding, Range of Exercise Prices and Other Details) (Details) - $ / shares	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Jun. 30, 2017
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Stock options outstanding, Number of Shares Outstanding (shares)	853,015	741,327
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	7 years 4 months 3 days
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 17.80	$ 17.89
Stock options exercisable, Number of Shares Exercisable (shares)	419,014
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	6 years 2 months 28 days
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 14.70
Price Range $0 - $10.00
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Ranges, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	0
Exercise Price Ranges, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 10
Stock options outstanding, Number of Shares Outstanding (shares)	134,239
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 7 months 7 days
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 8.39
Stock options exercisable, Number of Shares Exercisable (shares)	134,239
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 7 months 7 days
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 8.39
Price Range $10.01 - $15.00
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Ranges, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	10.01
Exercise Price Ranges, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 15
Stock options outstanding, Number of Shares Outstanding (shares)	98,888
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 6 months 12 days
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 11.94
Stock options exercisable, Number of Shares Exercisable (shares)	98,888
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 6 months 12 days
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 11.94
Price Range $15.01 - $25.00
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Ranges, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	15.01
Exercise Price Ranges, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 25
Stock options outstanding, Number of Shares Outstanding (shares)	519,888
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	8 years 5 months 21 days
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 19.86
Stock options exercisable, Number of Shares Exercisable (shares)	160,887
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	8 years 4 months 28 days
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 19.99
Price Range $25.01 - 60.00
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Exercise Price Ranges, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	25.01
Exercise Price Ranges, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 60
Stock options outstanding, Number of Shares Outstanding (shares)	100,000
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	7 years 10 months 23 days
Stock options outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 25.50
Stock options exercisable, Number of Shares Exercisable (shares)	25,000
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	7 years 10 months 23 days
Stock options exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share)	$ 25.50

XML

Customer and Supplier Concentrations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 1,994,963	$ 1,730,845	$ 5,839,491	$ 5,662,859
Customer concentrations
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 1,994,963	$ 1,730,845	$ 5,839,491	$ 5,662,859
Concentration risk, percentage	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Revenue | Customer concentrations
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 1,008,093	$ 616,528	$ 2,846,740	$ 2,095,743
Concentration risk, percentage	50.50%	35.70%	48.70%	37.00%
HSBC Bank USA | Revenue | Customer concentrations
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 606,966	$ 293,686	$ 1,525,739	$ 1,268,160
Concentration risk, percentage	30.40%	17.00%	26.10%	22.40%
Mitsubishi Intl. Corp. | Revenue | Customer concentrations
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 401,127	$ 322,842	$ 1,321,001	$ 827,583
Concentration risk, percentage	20.10%	18.70%	22.60%	14.60%

XML

Segment and Geographic Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 1,994,963	$ 1,730,845	$ 5,839,491	$ 5,662,859
Gross profit	$ 7,427	$ 7,332	$ 23,649	$ 25,255
Gross margin percentage by segment	0.372%	0.424%	0.405%	0.446%
General and administrative expenses	$ 9,423	$ 5,989	$ 25,748	$ 17,784
Interest income	4,087	3,283	10,516	9,101
Interest expense	3,642	2,700	9,734	7,388
Other income, net	99	191	811	270
Depreciation and amortization	(682)	(413)	(1,994)	(1,120)
Advertising expense	(961)	(176)	(2,537)	(542)
Total inventories	499,417		499,417		$ 284,659
Assets	706,818		706,818		478,500
Long term assets	39,042		39,042		31,479
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment			821	1,932
Goodwill	10,331		10,331		8,881
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	1,851,752	1,579,302	5,483,566	5,298,549
Total inventories	493,720		493,720		276,809
Assets	696,161		696,161		469,114
Long term assets	38,987		38,987		31,423
Europe
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	77,580	100,731	204,960	204,316
Total inventories	2,100		2,100		3,154
Assets	7,060		7,060		4,690
Long term assets	55		55		56
North America, excluding United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	64,463	49,154	146,237	149,204
Total inventories	3,402		3,402		4,310
Assets	3,402		3,402		4,310
Asia
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total inventories	195		195		386
Assets	195		195		386
Asia Pacific
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	684	596	2,410	7,170
Africa
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	0	0	1	0
Australia
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	484	1,062	2,317	3,620
Wholesale Trading & Ancillary Services
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	1,977,273	1,730,845	5,782,135	5,662,859
Gross profit	$ 6,748	$ 7,332	$ 19,561	$ 25,255
Gross margin percentage by segment	0.341%	0.424%	0.338%	0.446%
General and administrative expenses	$ (5,787)	$ (5,989)	$ (17,304)	$ (17,784)
Interest income	4,087	3,283	10,516	9,101
Interest expense	(3,416)	(2,700)	(9,229)	(7,388)
Other income, net	67	212	817	282
Depreciation and amortization	(386)	(413)	(1,170)	(1,120)
Advertising expense	(165)	$ (176)	(467)	(542)
Total inventories	490,789		490,789		284,659
Assets	687,458		687,458		478,500
Long term assets	31,499		31,499		31,479
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment			673	$ 1,932
Goodwill	8,881		8,881		$ 8,881
Direct Sales
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	17,690		57,356
Gross profit	$ 679		$ 4,088
Gross margin percentage by segment	3.838%		7.127%
General and administrative expenses	$ (3,636)		$ (8,444)
Interest expense	(226)		(505)
Depreciation and amortization	(296)		(824)
Advertising expense	(796)		(2,070)
Total inventories	8,628		8,628
Assets	19,360		19,360
Long term assets	7,543		7,543
Total capital expenditures on property and equipment			148
Goodwill	1,450		1,450
Intersegment Eliminations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 4,300		$ 21,900

XML

Subsequent Events (Details)	Apr. 26, 2018 shares
Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares authorized (shares)	500,000